WO2014050662A1 - Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014050662A1
WO2014050662A1 PCT/JP2013/075171 JP2013075171W WO2014050662A1 WO 2014050662 A1 WO2014050662 A1 WO 2014050662A1 JP 2013075171 W JP2013075171 W JP 2013075171W WO 2014050662 A1 WO2014050662 A1 WO 2014050662A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
adhesive
sheet
pedestal
wiring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/075171
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宇圓田 大介
石井 淳
Original Assignee
日東電工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2012218415A external-priority patent/JP2014072442A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218411A external-priority patent/JP2014072441A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218402A external-priority patent/JP2014072438A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218407A external-priority patent/JP2014072440A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012240294A external-priority patent/JP2014090123A/en
Application filed by 日東電工株式会社 filed Critical 日東電工株式会社
Publication of WO2014050662A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014050662A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/93Batch processes
    • H01L24/95Batch processes at chip-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a plurality of singulated devices, i.e. on diced chips
    • H01L24/97Batch processes at chip-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a plurality of singulated devices, i.e. on diced chips the devices being connected to a common substrate, e.g. interposer, said common substrate being separable into individual assemblies after connecting
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/31Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
    • H01L23/3107Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
    • H01L23/3114Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed the device being a chip scale package, e.g. CSP
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/18High density interconnect [HDI] connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/19Manufacturing methods of high density interconnect preforms
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161Disposition
    • H01L2224/16151Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/16221Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/16225Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device and an adhesive sheet.
  • Patent Document 1 Patent Document 2
  • Patent Document 1 a device wafer as a first substrate and a carrier substrate as a second substrate are pressure-bonded through a filling layer that does not form a strong adhesive bond, and a bonding material is filled into the periphery of the filling layer.
  • a method of forming an edge bond by curing and bonding the first substrate and the second substrate is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that a desired processing step is performed in a state where the first substrate and the second substrate are bonded, and then the first substrate and the second substrate are separated. In the separation, first, the first substrate and the second substrate are separated by dissolving the edge bond in a solvent or laser cutting and then applying a low mechanical force.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a bonding composition layer containing a compound selected from the group consisting of oligomers and polymers, selected from the group consisting of polymers and oligomers of imides, amidoimides and amidoimide-siloxanes.
  • a method for connecting (mounting) a chip to an external wiring a method (for example, flip chip bonding) in which a specific portion of the wiring is made to correspond to an electrode position of the chip and the both are connected is used.
  • External wiring is wiring formed separately from the chip, such as wiring formed on a package circuit board that is sealed together with the chip, or a general circuit board on which many other elements are mounted. is there.
  • a flexible printed circuit board with contacts called an interposer is interposed between the chip and the package circuit board.
  • the flexible printed circuit board such as the interposer as described above is not easy to handle in the manufacturing process such as chip mounting because of its flexible nature. Therefore, conventionally, first, a flexible printed circuit board is formed on a metal support board to obtain a wired circuit board having appropriate rigidity, and chip mounting is performed with improved handling in the process. A method of removing a metal support substrate after a certain chip is mounted is used.
  • a flexible printed circuit board is formed on a metal support substrate, and after the chip is mounted, the metal support substrate is removed.
  • the metal support substrate and the printed circuit board are formed as an integral inseparable laminate, and etching is used to remove the metal support substrate after chip mounting.
  • etching is used to remove the metal support substrate after chip mounting.
  • the manufacturing process such as application and removal of the resist is complicated, and the manufacturing cost is also high.
  • the filling layer described in Patent Document 1 and the bonding composition layer described in Patent Document 2 are formed by applying a solution-like material to one substrate by spin coating or the like.
  • a layer having a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m necessary for adhesion is formed by coating, there is a problem that the coated surface generally becomes rough and a desired adhesion force may not be obtained.
  • most of the material scatters out of the substrate, causing a problem that the material is wasted.
  • the material has a high viscosity for bonding, there is a problem that it takes labor to remove the contamination of the spin coater due to the scattered material.
  • the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
  • an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal.
  • the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
  • an adhesive sheet it is an adhesive sheet which has a 1st adhesive bond layer and a 2nd layer with low adhesive force after affixing on a base rather than the said 1st adhesive bond layer, An adhesive sheet in which at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer is used. Since the first adhesive layer having higher adhesive strength than the second layer is present in the peripheral portion, it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion.
  • a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer a method of reducing the adhesive strength by dissolving the first adhesive layer with a solvent, a physical cutting with a cutter, laser or the like in the first adhesive layer. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating, a method for forming the first adhesive layer from a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. It refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below.
  • the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers).
  • work of 1st this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed.
  • the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
  • the adhesive sheet is formed such that a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the step of bonding to the pedestal includes the step of It is preferable that the adhesive sheet is a step of bonding to the pedestal with the surface on the side where the second layer is exposed as the bonding surface.
  • the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet can be fixed more firmly in the surface which only the 1st adhesive bond layer has exposed.
  • the central portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Accordingly, the central portion formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer has a relatively lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive force of the peripheral part is reduced at least, the pedestal and the work with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force. Further, since the second layer is also in contact with the pedestal, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the pedestal after the separation step. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal.
  • the adhesive sheet is formed by the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion.
  • the center part is formed with the said 2nd layer, if the adhesive force of a 1st adhesive bond layer is reduced in the process of isolate
  • the center part is formed with the said 2nd layer and the 2nd layer is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet from a base after the process to isolate
  • the adhesive sheet is formed such that a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the step of bonding to the pedestal includes the step of It is preferable that the adhesive sheet is a step of bonding to the pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as the bonding surface.
  • the adhesive sheet in the surface which only the 1st adhesive bond layer has exposed, it can fix firmly with a base.
  • the central portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Accordingly, the central portion formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer has a relatively lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral part is reduced at least, the pedestal and the work with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force.
  • the adhesive sheet according to the first aspect of the present invention is used in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device described above in order to solve the above-described problems.
  • a 2-1 semiconductor device manufacturing method is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
  • An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive
  • a step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed of a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed of the second layer; Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal; Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; And a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting from the work side until reaching the center of the adhesive sheet after the mounting.
  • an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal.
  • the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
  • the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and the central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by the second layer, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring.
  • the pedestal and the workpiece with wiring face each other only through the second layer.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min.
  • the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers).
  • work of 2nd this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed.
  • the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
  • a 2-2 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on wiring, An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive
  • a step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer; Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface; Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the first adhesive layer at the center after the mounting. It is characterized by.
  • an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal.
  • the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials. Further, a peripheral part of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and a central part inside the peripheral part is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Therefore, after mounting a work on the wiring, when cutting into the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the first adhesive layer in the center, the pedestal and the work with wiring, It will oppose only through the lamination
  • a 2-3 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
  • a step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer; Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with a surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface; Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; A step of separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the workpiece side until reaching the second layer after the mounting.
  • an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal.
  • the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials. Further, a peripheral part of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and a central part inside the peripheral part is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Therefore, after mounting the work on the wiring, if the notch is made in the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the second layer, the pedestal and the work with wiring are the first adhesive layer. And the second layer are opposed to each other only through the laminated portion. Therefore, in the step of separating, it can be easily peeled off by an external force at the interface between the first adhesive layer and the second layer or the interface between the second layer and the pedestal. Thereafter, the first adhesive layer is peeled from the wiring. As a result, it is possible to easily separate the pedestal and the work with wiring vertically.
  • the adhesive sheet according to the second aspect of the present invention is used in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device described above in order to solve the above-described problems.
  • a semiconductor device manufacturing method is a semiconductor device manufacturing method having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
  • a step of preparing an adhesive sheet in which a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer are laminated; and a step of attaching the adhesive sheet to the base When, Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
  • an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal.
  • the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
  • stacked is used. Since the first adhesive layer is present, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring, the process of mounting the workpiece, or the like. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive layer but the 2nd layer whose adhesive strength is lower than the 1st adhesive layer, in the process of separating, the base and the work with wiring can be easily moved up and down by external force. It becomes possible to separate. In the separation step, the first adhesive layer may be separated after reducing the adhesive force.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer As a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesive strength by dissolving the first adhesive layer with a solvent, a physical cutting with a cutter, laser or the like in the first adhesive layer. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating, a method for forming the first adhesive layer from a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. This refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below.
  • the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers).
  • work of 3rd this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed.
  • the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
  • the step of bonding is preferably a step of bonding to the pedestal using the second layer of the adhesive sheet as a bonding surface. If the bonding step is a step of bonding the second layer of the adhesive sheet to the pedestal using the bonding layer as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive agent layer. Therefore, the wiring or the like can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece.
  • the step of bonding is a step of bonding the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the pedestal as a bonding surface. If the bonding step is a step of bonding the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the pedestal using the bonding surface as a bonding surface, the first adhesive agent layer is firmly bonded to the pedestal. Therefore, the wiring or the like can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece.
  • the adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the present invention is used in the semiconductor device manufacturing method described above in order to solve the above-mentioned problems.
  • a semiconductor device manufacturing method is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
  • the temporary fixing sheet is disposed on the pedestal, and an adhesive layer having higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined portion of the pedestal end, and the temporary fixing sheet Fixing the seat to the pedestal; Forming wiring on the temporary fixing sheet fixed to the pedestal; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; And separating the work piece with wiring from the pedestal by separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet after the mounting.
  • the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the pedestal, and the wiring is formed on the temporary fixing sheet after being fixed to the pedestal. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the temporary fixing sheet has a sheet shape, it can be used simply by fixing it to the pedestal. Further, since a sheet-like temporary fixing sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the temporary fixing sheet is prepared separately, it is possible to prepare a sheet with a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, after a work is mounted on the wiring formed on the pedestal, when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the work with wiring from the pedestal, the sheet-like temporary fixing sheet is attached.
  • the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
  • seat for temporary fixing on a base the adhesive bond layer whose adhesive force is higher than the said temporary fixing sheet between the said sheet
  • a method of separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet As a method of separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet, a method of separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet by dissolving the adhesive layer with a solvent, and using a cutter or a laser on the temporary fixing sheet A method of physically cutting and separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet; forming the adhesive layer with a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating; reducing the adhesive strength by heating; Examples thereof include a method of separating the layer from the temporary fixing sheet.
  • the adhesive layer since the adhesive layer is formed on the inclined portion of the pedestal end, in the separating step, the adhesive layer is dissolved by a solvent, or the temporary fixing sheet is removed by a cutter, a laser, or the like. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the adhesive layer by physically making a cut.
  • the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing sheet are 90 ° peel to a silicon wafer under conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min.
  • peeling force For example, if the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing sheet or adhesive layer changes before and after being applied to the pedestal by applying imidization or thermosetting after being applied to the pedestal, The 90 ° peel release force of the temporary fixing sheet or adhesive layer in a state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting) to the silicon wafer.
  • the work refers to a wafer on which no circuit is formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers).
  • work of 4th this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed.
  • the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
  • the separating step is a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by making a cut so that the adhesive layer is separated from the temporary fixing sheet after the mounting. It is preferable. This is because a workpiece with wiring can be easily separated from the pedestal because a cut may be made in the temporary fixing sheet.
  • the separating step is a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the wiring in a manner in which the wiring is not cut after the mounting. If the cut is made in a manner in which no cut is made in the wiring, it is possible to obtain a device (a work with wiring) in an area substantially the same as the area of the pedestal in plan view.
  • a semiconductor device manufacturing method is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
  • Adhesion of the second adhesive layer having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a structure having a large number of through-holes and / or a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton, and pasted on a pedestal A step of preparing an adhesive sheet whose force is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer; and a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal; Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
  • an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal.
  • a 2nd layer is a layer which has as a frame
  • meshes such as a wire net, a nonwoven fabric, etc.
  • the adhesive sheet which has a 1st adhesive bond layer and a 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than the said 1st adhesive bond layer is used. Since the first adhesive layer is present, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring, the process of mounting the workpiece, or the like. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive layer but the 2nd layer whose adhesive strength is lower than the 1st adhesive layer, in the process of separating, the base and the work with wiring can be easily moved up and down by external force. It becomes possible to separate. In the separation step, the first adhesive layer may be separated after reducing the adhesive force.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer As a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesive strength by dissolving the first adhesive layer with a solvent, a physical cutting with a cutter, laser or the like in the first adhesive layer. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating, a method for forming the first adhesive layer from a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. This refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below.
  • the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers).
  • work of 5th this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed.
  • the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
  • the through holes and the porous structure of the nonwoven fabric are filled with an adhesive composition.
  • the area where the adhesive composition comes into contact with the wiring or the pedestal can be controlled by the opening ratio of the structure having a through-hole or the density of the non-woven structure, and the second layer with low adhesive force can be easily formed. Can be formed.
  • the peripheral part of the said adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer. Since the peripheral part of the said adhesive sheet is formed of the 1st adhesive bond layer, it can fix favorably in this part.
  • the adhesive sheet is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion.
  • a wiring and a base can be firmly fixed in the surface which consists only of a 1st adhesive bond layer.
  • Wiring and a pedestal can be satisfactorily fixed on the surface having the first adhesive layer and the second layer.
  • the first adhesive layer is formed in the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer or to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer, and to be easily separated. Can be done.
  • the adhesive sheet is formed by the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion.
  • a wiring and a base can be favorably fixed in the surface which has a 1st adhesive bond layer and a 2nd layer.
  • the first adhesive layer is formed in the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer or to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer, and to be easily separated. Can be done.
  • the adhesive sheet according to the fifth aspect of the present invention is used in the semiconductor device manufacturing method described above in order to solve the above-described problems.
  • the semiconductor device when a work is mounted on the wiring formed on the pedestal and then the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal to manufacture the semiconductor device, the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention.
  • a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, and is more pedestal than the first adhesive layer and the first adhesive layer.
  • the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface” and the like used in the first aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are actually upper and lower of an adhesive sheet or a semiconductor device. It does not limit the attitude.
  • the work of the first invention is a semiconductor chip
  • the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
  • an adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having lower adhesive strength than the first adhesive layer, wherein at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer. Prepare the adhesive sheet.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the first invention.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has a peripheral portion 54 formed of a first adhesive layer 50, and a central portion 53 inside the peripheral portion 54 has a first adhesive layer 50 and a second adhesive layer 50. It is formed by stacking with the layer 51. That is, the adhesive sheet 5 includes a second layer 51 and a first adhesive layer 50 that is laminated on the second layer 51 in such a manner as to cover the upper surface and side surfaces of the second layer 51. The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal with the surface on the side where the second layer 51 is exposed as the bonding surface in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
  • the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive strength than that of the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion, so that it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 but the 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than a 1st adhesive bond layer, in the process of isolate
  • the central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51.
  • the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by an external force. Moreover, since the 2nd layer 51 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 5 from a base after the process to isolate
  • the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the conditions of ⁇ 2 ° C. and peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive force of the second layer 51, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 ⁇ m or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 5 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the thickness at the central portion 53 of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.01 to 99 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second layer 51 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the first aspect of the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer take into consideration both the surface waviness during layer formation and the shrinkage during layer formation. Therefore, it is preferable to select within the above numerical range.
  • the adhesive sheet according to the first aspect of the present invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 1, and may be an adhesive sheet as shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment of the first invention.
  • the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60
  • the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60.
  • the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64 is reduced in the separation step described later, the external force causes Thus, it is possible to easily separate the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring vertically.
  • the center part 63 is formed of the 2nd layer 61 and the 2nd layer 61 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 6 from a base after the process to isolate
  • the first adhesive layer 60 is formed in the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6, the first adhesive layer 60 is dissolved by a solvent or physically used by a cutter, a laser, or the like in the separation step described later. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 by making a notch in.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled from the pedestal.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 ⁇ m or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 6 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment of the first invention.
  • the adhesive sheet 7 has a peripheral portion 74 formed by the first adhesive layer 70, and a central portion 73 inside the peripheral portion 74 has the first adhesive layer 70 and the second adhesive layer 70. It is formed by stacking with the layer 71. That is, the adhesive sheet 7 includes a second layer 71, a first adhesive layer 70 laminated on the second layer 71 in a manner covering the upper surface (lower surface in FIG. 3) and side surfaces of the second layer 71, and Have The adhesive force of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70.
  • the adhesive sheet 7 is bonded to the pedestal using the surface on the side where the second layer 71 is exposed in the step of bonding to the pedestal as a bonding surface.
  • the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 70 is exposed can be firmly fixed by the pedestal.
  • the central portion 73 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. Therefore, the central portion 73 formed by the lamination of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 is relatively more adhesive than the peripheral portion 74 formed only by the first adhesive layer 70. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 74 is reduced at least, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by an external force.
  • the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is formed in the peripheral part 74 in the adhesive sheet 7, in the process of isolate
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily peeled from the second layer in the separation step.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 100 ⁇ m or less, the thickness variation of the adhesive sheet 7 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the thickness at the central portion 73 of the first adhesive layer 70 is preferably 0.01 to 99 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second layer 71 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 4 to 8 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 4).
  • the bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable.
  • the crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll.
  • the conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 can be firmly bonded to the base 1.
  • the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 and the wiring 26 is exposed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. (See FIG. 5).
  • the wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 5 side.
  • FIG. 5 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2.
  • the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.
  • connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26).
  • the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted. 6 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
  • resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary.
  • a resin 32 used for resin sealing a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
  • the semiconductor chip 3 with the resin-sealed wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1. Specifically, the base 1 is peeled off together with the adhesive sheet 5 with the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 opposite to the base 1 as an interface. When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. As described above, since the adhesive sheet 5 includes not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. If it is reduced, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force.
  • the central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation
  • a method of reducing the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 a method of lowering the adhesive force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, a physical method such as a cutter or laser is applied to the first adhesive layer 50. Examples thereof include a method of reducing the adhesive force by cutting a slit, a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 with a material whose adhesive force is reduced by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesive force by heating.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 9).
  • FIGS. 10 to 17 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining in detail an example of a method for manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in FIG.
  • the base 1 is prepared (refer FIG. 10).
  • the pedestal 1 preferably has a certain strength or more.
  • the base 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compound wafers such as silicon wafers, SiC wafers, and GaAs wafers, glass wafers, metal foils such as SUS, 6-4 Alloy, Ni foil, and Al foil.
  • compound wafers such as silicon wafers, SiC wafers, and GaAs wafers
  • glass wafers such as GaAs wafers
  • metal foils such as SUS, 6-4 Alloy, Ni foil, and Al foil.
  • a silicon wafer or a glass wafer is preferable.
  • a SUS board or a glass plate is preferable.
  • the base 1 for example, low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, homopolyprolene, polybutene, polymethylpentene, etc.
  • the pedestal 1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the thickness of the pedestal is not particularly limited, but is usually about 10 ⁇ m to 20 mm, for example.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is pasted on the base 1.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has the 2nd layer 51 and the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 laminated
  • the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51.
  • Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 include a polyimide resin having a imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, Examples thereof include polyamic acid as a precursor, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
  • the polyimide resin can be generally obtained by imidizing (dehydrating and condensing) a polyamic acid that is a precursor thereof.
  • a method for imidizing the polyamic acid for example, a conventionally known heat imidization method, azeotropic dehydration method, chemical imidization method and the like can be employed. Of these, the heating imidization method is preferable.
  • the heat imidization method it is preferable to perform heat treatment under a nitrogen atmosphere or an inert atmosphere such as a vacuum in order to prevent deterioration of the polyimide resin due to oxidation.
  • the polyamic acid is charged in an appropriately selected solvent such that an acid anhydride and a diamine (including both a diamine having an ether structure and a diamine not having an ether structure) have a substantially equimolar ratio. Can be obtained by reaction.
  • the polyimide resin preferably has a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure.
  • the diamine having an ether structure is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an ether structure and having at least two terminals having an amine structure.
  • a diamine having a glycol skeleton is preferable.
  • the first inventors presume that the ether structure is detached from the resin constituting the first adhesive layer 50 when heated, and the adhesive force is reduced due to the removal. ing.
  • the ether structure or the glycol skeleton is detached from the resin constituting the first adhesive layer 50.
  • FT-IR Fourier transform infrastructure
  • Comparison of the spectra it can be confirmed that the spectrum of 2800 to 3000 cm ⁇ 1 decreases before and after heating.
  • diamine having a glycol skeleton examples include a polypropylene glycol structure and a diamine having one amino group at each end, a polyethylene glycol structure, and one amino group at each end.
  • examples thereof include a diamine having a polytetramethylene glycol structure and a diamine having an alkylene glycol such as a diamine having one amino group at each end.
  • the diamine which has two or more of these glycol structures and has one amino group in both the ends can be mentioned.
  • the molecular weight of the diamine having an ether structure is preferably within the range of 100 to 5000, and more preferably 150 to 4800.
  • the molecular weight of the diamine having an ether structure is in the range of 100 to 5000, it is easy to obtain the first adhesive layer 50 having high adhesive strength at low temperature and exhibiting peelability at high temperature.
  • a diamine having no ether structure can be used in combination with a diamine having an ether structure.
  • the diamine having no ether structure include aliphatic diamines and aromatic diamines.
  • the mixing ratio of the diamine having an ether structure and the diamine having no ether structure is preferably in the range of 100: 0 to 10:90, more preferably 100: 0 to 20: 80, more preferably 99: 1 to 30:70.
  • the thermal peelability at high temperature is excellent.
  • Examples of the aliphatic diamine include ethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,12-diaminododecane, 4,9-dioxa-1,12-diaminododecane, , 3-bis (3-aminopropyl) -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane ( ⁇ , ⁇ -bisaminopropyltetramethyldisiloxane) and the like.
  • the molecular weight of the aliphatic diamine is usually 50 to 1,000,000, preferably 100 to 30,000.
  • aromatic diamine examples include 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, and 4,4′-diaminodiphenylpropane.
  • the molecular weight of the aromatic diamine is usually 50 to 1000, preferably 100 to 500.
  • the molecular weight of the aliphatic diamine and the molecular weight of the aromatic diamine are values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) and calculated in terms of polystyrene (weight average molecular weight).
  • Examples of the acid anhydride include 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2, 3-Dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride (6FDA), bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride Bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride, bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dianhydride, bis
  • Examples of the solvent for reacting the acid anhydride with the diamine include N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, and cyclopentanone. These may be used alone or in combination. Further, in order to adjust the solubility of raw materials and resins, a nonpolar solvent such as toluene or xylene may be appropriately mixed and used.
  • silicone resin examples include peroxide cross-linked silicone pressure sensitive adhesive, addition reaction type silicone pressure sensitive adhesive, dehydrogenation reaction type silicone pressure sensitive adhesive, and moisture curable type silicone pressure sensitive adhesive.
  • the said silicone resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the silicone resin is used, the heat resistance becomes high, and the storage elastic modulus and adhesive strength at high temperatures can be appropriate values.
  • addition reaction type silicone pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferable in terms of few impurities.
  • the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives as necessary.
  • other additives include flame retardants, silane coupling agents, and ion trapping agents.
  • flame retardant include antimony trioxide, antimony pentoxide, and brominated epoxy resin.
  • silane coupling agent include ⁇ - (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and the like.
  • the ion trapping agent include hydrotalcites and bismuth hydroxide. Such other additives may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the composition constituting the second layer 51 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • Examples of the material constituting the second layer 51 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
  • the polyimide resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may be used, and the polyamide which is a precursor of the polyimide resin An acid may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is produced as follows, for example. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the second layer 51 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied to a base material so as to have a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the second layer 51.
  • the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent.
  • a plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the substrate on which the second layer 51 punched into a predetermined shape is laminated.
  • a coating film is formed by applying to the side 51 so as to have a predetermined thickness. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. From the above, an adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 1 is obtained.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 as shown in FIG. 2 and the adhesive sheet 7 as shown in FIG. 3 can be produced by the same method.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 10).
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1.
  • Conventionally known circuit board and interposer manufacturing techniques such as a semi-additive method and a subtractive method may be applied to the method of forming the wiring layer on the base having the adhesive sheet.
  • the dimensional stability becomes good during the manufacturing process, and the handling property of the thin wiring layer becomes good.
  • an example of a method for forming a wiring layer will be described. 11 to 17, only the portion corresponding to one semiconductor chip is shown and the others are omitted, but the portions corresponding to other semiconductor chips are the same.
  • the base insulating layer 20 a is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1.
  • the material of the base insulating layer 20a is not particularly limited.
  • Known synthetic resins, and those resins and synthetic fiber cloths, glass cloths, glass nonwoven cloths, and composite resins of fine particles such as TiO 2 , SiO 2 , ZrO 2 , minerals, and clays.
  • a polyimide resin, an epoxy resin, and a glass are used from the viewpoint of becoming a flexible insulating layer that is thinner, has higher mechanical strength, and has more preferable electrical characteristics (insulating characteristics, etc.).
  • a cloth composite epoxy resin is mentioned as a preferable material. Among these, those having photosensitivity are preferable.
  • the thickness of the base insulating layer 20a is preferably 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • an opening h1 is formed at a position where the external connection conductor portion 22 is to be formed (see FIG. 12).
  • a method for forming the opening h1 a conventionally known method can be employed.
  • the opening h1 is formed by irradiating light through a photomask in which a pattern corresponding to the opening h1 is formed and then developing. be able to.
  • the shape of the opening is not particularly limited, but a circular shape is preferable, and the diameter can be appropriately set. For example, it can be set to 1.0 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m.
  • a contact metal film 211 is formed in the opening h1.
  • electrical connection can be performed more favorably and corrosion resistance can be improved.
  • the formation method of the metal film 211 is not particularly limited, but plating is preferable, and the material of the metal film is copper, gold, silver, platinum, lead, tin, nickel, cobalt, indium, rhodium, chromium, tungsten, ruthenium, etc. These single metals or alloys composed of two or more of these can be used.
  • preferable materials include gold, tin, nickel, and the like.
  • a preferable example of the metal film includes a two-layer structure in which the base layer is Ni and the surface layer is Au.
  • a seed film (metal thin film) 23a for satisfactorily depositing a metal material is formed on the conductor layer 23 and the wall surface of the portion that should be the conduction path 25 (see FIG. 14). ).
  • the seed film 23a can be formed by sputtering, for example.
  • a material of the seed film for example, a single metal such as copper, gold, silver, platinum, lead, tin, nickel, cobalt, indium, rhodium, chromium, tungsten, ruthenium, or an alloy composed of two or more of these is used. It is done.
  • the thickness of the conductor layer 23 is not particularly limited, but may be appropriately selected within the range of 1 to 500 nm.
  • the conducting path 25 is preferably a columnar shape, and its diameter is 1.0 to 500 ⁇ m, preferably 3.0 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the wiring pattern can be formed by, for example, electrolytic plating. Thereafter, the seed film in the portion without the conductor layer 23 is removed.
  • the conductor layer 23 is covered with the plating resist r1 (except for the portion where the conduction path is to be formed), and the lower surface of the base 1 is entirely covered with the resist r2.
  • the conductive path 24 is formed by electrolytic plating.
  • the conductor layer 23, the conduction path 24, and the conduction path 25 correspond to the circuit 26 (see FIG. 5).
  • the connecting conductor portion 21 is formed on the upper end surface of the conduction path 24 by, for example, electrolytic plating.
  • the connecting conductor portion 21 can be formed of, for example, a nickel film or a gold film.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 9).
  • an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip.
  • the underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid.
  • a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used.
  • the flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
  • the second aspect of the present invention (the 2-1 aspect of the present invention, the 2-2 aspect of the present invention, and the 2-3 aspect of the present invention) will be described while referring to differences from the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the semiconductor device manufacturing method and the adhesive sheet according to the second aspect of the present invention have characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the second aspect of the present invention. The same characteristics and effects as the adhesive sheet can be exhibited.
  • a 2-1 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, and includes a first adhesive layer and a first adhesive layer.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention.
  • 19 to 25 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention.
  • the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesive strength than that of the second layer 61 is present in the peripheral portion, so that it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion.
  • the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64 is reduced in the separation step described later, the external force causes Thus, it is possible to easily separate the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring vertically.
  • the center part 63 is formed of the 2nd layer 61 and the 2nd layer 61 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 6 from a base after the process to isolate
  • peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60 and the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61, a semiconductor is formed on the wiring. After the chip is mounted, if the notch is made from the semiconductor chip side until reaching the central portion 63 of the adhesive sheet 6, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring face each other only through the second layer 61. Become. As a result, in the separation step, the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the conditions of ⁇ 2 ° C. and peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive strength of the second layer 61, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 ⁇ m or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 6 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the base 1 (see FIG. 19).
  • the bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable.
  • the crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll.
  • the conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 can be firmly bonded to the pedestal 1 because the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 61 is exposed on the lower surface.
  • the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. It forms (refer FIG. 20).
  • the wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 6 side.
  • FIG. 20 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed in a convex shape on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2, but in the 2-1st invention, the connecting conductor portion is the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the wiring layer 2 formed on the adhesive sheet 6 can be firmly fixed.
  • FIG. 21 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, but the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
  • resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary.
  • a resin 32 used for resin sealing a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
  • a notch 65 is made from the semiconductor chip 3 side until the central portion 63 of the adhesive sheet 6 is reached.
  • the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut.
  • the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 face each other only through the second layer 61.
  • the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are separated vertically as shown in FIG.
  • the pedestal 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only through the second layer 61 having a relatively low adhesive force, the pedestal 1 and the wiring layer 2 are easily attached by an external force.
  • the semiconductor chip 3 can be separated vertically.
  • a method for forming the cut a conventionally known method or the like can be adopted, and a cutting tool such as a cutter or a high energy beam by a laser or the like can be used.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 25).
  • the base 1 is prepared (refer FIG. 19).
  • the pedestal 1 the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 is bonded onto the base 1 (see FIG. 19).
  • the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6 is formed of the first adhesive layer 60
  • the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed of the second layer 61.
  • the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61.
  • Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 include a polyimide resin having an imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, Examples thereof include polyamic acid as a precursor, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
  • polyimide resin and the silicone resin those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the first adhesive layer 60 may contain other additives as necessary. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the composition constituting the second layer 61 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60.
  • Examples of the material constituting the second layer 61 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
  • the polyimide resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 may be used, and the polyamide which is a precursor of the polyimide resin An acid may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 is produced as follows, for example. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the second layer 61 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied on a substrate so as to have a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the second layer 61.
  • the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent.
  • a plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is prepared.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is formed on the base material on which the second layer 61 punched into a predetermined shape is laminated.
  • a coating film is formed by applying a predetermined thickness on the 61 side. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the first adhesive layer 60. From the above, an adhesive sheet 6 as shown in FIG. 18 is obtained.
  • the adhesive sheet 7 as shown in FIG. 26 to be described later can also be created by the same method.
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 6 of the base 1 (see FIG. 20).
  • the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 25).
  • an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip.
  • the underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid.
  • a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used.
  • the flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to 2-2 of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring.
  • a step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer; Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface; Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; After the mounting, at least a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the first adhesive layer in the central portion. .
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-2 of the present invention.
  • an adhesive sheet is prepared in which the central portion 73 inside the peripheral portion 74 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. (See FIG. 26).
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily peeled from the second layer in the separation step.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 100 ⁇ m or less, the thickness variation of the adhesive sheet 7 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the thickness at the central portion 73 of the first adhesive layer 70 is preferably 0.01 to 99 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second layer 71 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are determined in consideration of both the surface undulation during the layer formation and the shrinkage during the layer formation. It is preferable to select within a numerical range.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 7 is bonded to the base 1 with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer 70 is exposed as the bonding surface (see FIG. 27).
  • a cut 75 is made in the adhesive sheet 7 from the semiconductor chip 3 side until it reaches the first adhesive layer 70 in the central portion 73.
  • the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut.
  • the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other through only the laminated portion of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71.
  • the first adhesive layer 70 is bonded to the base 1, and the second layer 71 is in contact with the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2.
  • the separation step can be easily performed at the interface between the second layer 71 and the wiring layer 2 by an external force. Therefore, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from the base 1.
  • a 2-3 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive
  • a step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer; Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with a surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface; Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; Mounting a workpiece on the wiring; After the mounting, at least a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the second layer.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention of 2-3.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-3 of the present invention.
  • an adhesive sheet is prepared in which the central portion 53 inside the peripheral portion 54 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. (See FIG. 28).
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled from the base 1 or the first adhesive layer 50 in the separation step.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the pedestal and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed at the peripheral portion 54.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 ⁇ m or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 5 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the thickness at the central portion 53 of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.01 to 99 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second layer 51 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are determined in consideration of both the surface undulation during the layer formation and the shrinkage during the layer formation. It is preferable to select within a numerical range.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal 1 with the surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed as the bonding surface (see FIG. 29).
  • a cut 55 is made in the adhesive sheet 5 from the semiconductor chip 3 side until reaching the second layer 51.
  • the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut.
  • the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only through the laminated portion of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, in the step of separating, it can be easily peeled off at the interface between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 51 or the interface between the second layer 51 and the base 1 by an external force.
  • the first adhesive layer 50 is peeled off from the wiring layer 2.
  • the base and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated vertically.
  • the semiconductor device manufacturing method and the adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the present invention have, in particular, characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the third aspect of the present invention. The same characteristics and effects as the adhesive sheet can be exhibited.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and is more pedestal than the first adhesive layer and the first adhesive layer.
  • the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface”, and the like used in the third aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are the actual upper and lower surfaces of the adhesive sheet and the semiconductor device. It does not limit the attitude.
  • the work of the third aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor chip.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
  • an adhesive sheet is prepared in which a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer are laminated.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the third invention.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has a configuration in which a first adhesive layer 50 is laminated on a second layer 51.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal using the second layer 51 as a bonding surface in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
  • the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 but the 2nd layer 51 whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer 50, in a process to isolate
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the conditions of ⁇ 2 ° C. and peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.3 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive force of the second layer 51, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the base 1 (when the second layer 51 is attached to the base 1, It is preferably higher than the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the base 1.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is lower than the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the pedestal 1, first, in the step of separating, the second layer The first adhesive layer 50 can be peeled off from the wiring 26 (wiring layer 2) together with the second 51 after that.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the pedestal 1 is preferably 0.3 N / 20 mm or less at a peel peel force of 180 ° under a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the base 1 is 180 ° peel peeling under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from the viewpoint of not peeling during the wiring forming process.
  • the force is preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.01 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.001 N / 20 mm or more at a 180 ° peel peel force at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min. Is preferably 10 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is 1.0 N / 20 mm as a 180 ° peel peel force under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min.
  • it may be 0.1 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 ⁇ m or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 5 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the thickness of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.01 to 99 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second layer 51 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the third aspect of the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer take into consideration both the surface waviness during layer formation and the shrinkage during layer formation. Therefore, it is preferable to select within the above numerical range.
  • the adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the present invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 30, and may be an adhesive sheet as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment of the third invention.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 has a configuration in which a second layer 61 is laminated on a first adhesive layer 60.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the pedestal using the first adhesive layer 60 as a bonding surface in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
  • the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 but the 2nd layer 61 whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer 60, in a process to isolate
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled from the pedestal.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 is not specifically limited, although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is the adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the base 1 (when the first adhesive layer 60 is attached to the base 1). Lower than the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1). If the adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is lower than the adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1, first, in the step of separating, It can peel between the layer 61 and the 1st adhesive bond layer 60, and can peel the 2nd layer 61 from the wiring 26 (wiring layer 2) after that.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.3 N / 20 mm or less at a 180 ° peel peel force under conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C.
  • the adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is determined under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from the viewpoint of not peeling during the wiring formation process.
  • the 180 ° peel strength is preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.01 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1 may be 0.3 N / 20 mm or more at a 180 ° peel peel force at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min.
  • the adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1 is 30 N / 20 mm or less, 20 N / 20 mm at 180 ° peel peel force at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min. The following may be used.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is preferably 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 ⁇ m or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 ⁇ m or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 6 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
  • the thickness of the first adhesive layer 60 is preferably 0.01 to 99 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second layer 61 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the embodiment of the third invention.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 32).
  • the bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable.
  • the crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll.
  • the conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec.
  • the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 and the wiring 26 is exposed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2.
  • the wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 5 side.
  • FIG. 33 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2, but in the third aspect of the present invention, the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.
  • connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26).
  • the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted.
  • 34 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
  • resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary.
  • a resin 32 used for resin sealing a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
  • the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1.
  • a method of peeling only the pedestal 1 by applying an external force and then peeling the adhesive sheet 5 by 90 ° can be mentioned.
  • the method of peeling the adhesive sheet 5 with the base 1 is mentioned.
  • a method of lowering the adhesive force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, a physical method using a cutter, a laser, or the like is applied to the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the first adhesive layer 50 is formed of a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and the first adhesive layer 50 is ultrasonically cleaned to reduce the adhesive strength. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the layer 50. In the ultrasonic cleaning, the cleaning liquid may be heated as necessary, or a cleaning liquid containing a surfactant or the like may be used.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 37).
  • the base 1 is prepared (refer FIG. 32).
  • the pedestal 1 the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded on the base 1 (see FIG. 32).
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has a configuration in which the first adhesive layer 50 is laminated on the second layer 51.
  • the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51.
  • Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 include a polyimide resin having a imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, Examples thereof include polyamic acid as a precursor, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
  • polyimide resin and the silicone resin those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives as necessary. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the composition constituting the second layer 51 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • Examples of the material constituting the second layer 51 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
  • the polyimide resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may be used, and the polyamide which is a precursor of the polyimide resin An acid may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is produced as follows, for example. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the second layer 51 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied to a base material so as to have a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the second layer 51.
  • the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent.
  • a plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.
  • a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 has a predetermined thickness on the second layer 51 side. Coating is performed to form a coating film. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. From the above, an adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 30 is obtained. In addition, the adhesive sheet 6 as shown in FIG. 31 can also be created by the same method.
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1 (see FIG. 33).
  • the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 37).
  • an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip.
  • the underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid.
  • a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used.
  • the flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
  • the lamination mode of the first adhesive layer and the second layer is not limited to this example.
  • the layer on the side contacting the pedestal may be larger than the layer on the side not contacting the pedestal.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a wiring layer is formed and a semiconductor chip is mounted on an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
  • the adhesive sheet 105 has a configuration in which a first adhesive layer 150 and a second layer 151 having a size larger than that of the first adhesive layer 150 in plan view are stacked.
  • the adhesive sheet 105 is fixed to the pedestal 1 such that the second layer 151 is in contact with the pedestal 1.
  • a wiring layer 2 is formed on the side of the adhesive sheet 105 opposite to the base 1.
  • a semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2.
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the first adhesive layer 150 and on the portion where the second layer 151 is exposed. Even in such a shape, in the step of separating, for example, it can be peeled off at the interface between the first adhesive layer 150 and the second layer 151 or at the interface between the second layer 151 and the base 1. .
  • both the first adhesive layer and the second layer may be smaller in size than the pedestal.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which a wiring layer is formed and a semiconductor chip is mounted on an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
  • the adhesive sheet 205 has a configuration in which both the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 have the same size, and are smaller in size than the base 1 in plan view. ing.
  • the adhesive sheet 205 is fixed to the pedestal 1 such that the second layer 251 is in contact with the pedestal 1.
  • a wiring layer 2 is formed on the side of the adhesive sheet 205 opposite to the base 1.
  • a semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2.
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the first adhesive layer 150 and a portion where the base 1 is exposed. Even in such a shape, in the step of separating, for example, it can be peeled off at the interface between the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 or at the interface between the second layer 251 and the base 1. .
  • the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 have the same size. However, the first adhesive layer 250 is smaller in size than the second layer 251. May be.
  • the wiring layer 2 may be formed on the first adhesive layer 250, on the exposed portion of the second layer 251, and on the exposed portion of the base 1. In the example shown in FIG.
  • the wiring layer is formed also in the exposed part of the base 1 has been described.
  • the wiring layer may be formed only on the adhesive sheet without forming the wiring layer in the portion where the pedestal is exposed.
  • the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention has the same characteristics and effects as those of the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the present invention, in particular, as characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the fourth aspect of the present invention. It can be demonstrated.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, wherein a temporary fixing sheet is disposed on a pedestal, and the temporary fixing Forming an adhesive layer having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet between the sheet and the inclined portion of the pedestal end, and fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the pedestal; and the fixed to the pedestal
  • the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface” and the like used in the fourth aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are used for temporary fixing sheets and semiconductor devices. It does not limit the up and down posture.
  • the work of the fourth aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor chip will be described.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
  • FIGS. 40 (a) and 40 (b) are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 40A is a diagram showing a state where the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the pedestal
  • FIG. 40B is a partially enlarged view thereof.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end.
  • the adhesive layer 50 having higher adhesive strength than the temporary fixing sheet 5 is formed, and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is fixed to the base 1.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and then a liquid adhesive composition is applied between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end. Then, by drying, etc., a method of forming the adhesive layer 50 and fixing the temporary fixing sheet 5 to the base 1 can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive layer 50 as a sheet-like material is provided in advance on the outer peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 (the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11), and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the base 1, A method of fixing the temporary fixing sheet 5 to the pedestal 1 by affixing the adhesive layer 50 to the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 can be mentioned.
  • a liquid adhesive layer forming solution is applied (for example, spray coating) to the outer peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 (the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11), and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is placed on the base 1.
  • a method of fixing the temporarily fixing sheet 5 to the pedestal 1 by arranging the applied portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 and then curing it to form the adhesive layer 50 when arranging. Can be mentioned.
  • the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is inside the end portion of the pedestal 1 and outside the tilt start position of the inclined portion of the pedestal 1. It is preferable.
  • D1 Is preferably one tenth of the radius D2 of the pedestal 1 (see FIG. 40B), that is, larger than (D2) / 10. Further, D1 is preferably smaller than two-thirds of D2, that is, (D2) ⁇ (2/3). When D1 is larger than 1/10 of D2, it is possible to prevent the temporary fixing sheet 5 from touching another member (for example, a cassette used for conveyance) and turning up.
  • D1 is smaller than two thirds of D2, the area of the adhesion part by the adhesive bond layer 50 can be ensured to some extent, and it is excellent in adhesion reliability.
  • the D2 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm.
  • the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 on the temporary fixing sheet 5.
  • the wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the temporary fixing sheet 5 side.
  • FIG. 41 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2, but in the fourth aspect of the present invention, the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • FIG. 42 shows the connecting conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 , and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26).
  • the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted.
  • 42 shows the case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
  • resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary.
  • a resin 32 used for resin sealing a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
  • a method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 As a method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5, a method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 by dissolving the adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, A method in which the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5 by physically cutting with a laser or the like, and the adhesive layer 50 is formed of a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating. A method of lowering and separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 can be exemplified. In the present embodiment, since the adhesive layer 50 is formed on the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end, the adhesive layer 50 is dissolved by a solvent, or the temporary fixing sheet 5 is physically used by a cutter, a laser, or the like.
  • the adhesive layer 50 It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50 by making a cut. Especially, it is preferable to separate the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 from the pedestal 1 by making a cut so that the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5. This is because the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from the pedestal 1 because the temporary fixing sheet 5 may be cut.
  • the wiring layer 2 may be cut to such an extent that the wiring 26 (see FIG. 41) does not cut, but as shown in FIG. 45, the wiring layer 2 is cut. It is preferable to make a cut in the temporary fixing sheet 5 so as not to enter.
  • a device semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2
  • a device semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2
  • a device semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2
  • a device semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2
  • an area substantially the same as the area of the base 1 in a plan view This is because it becomes possible.
  • a cutting tool 14 such as a cutter or a laser is used to cut only the temporary fixing sheet 5 from an obliquely upward direction.
  • the method of forming is mentioned.
  • a method of forming a cutting tool such as a cutter or a laser incision at the interface between the adhesive layer 50 and the temporary fixing sheet 5 from the lateral direction can be mentioned.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 46).
  • the pedestal 1 is prepared (see FIG. 40A).
  • the pedestal 1 the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and an adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet 5 is formed between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end. And the sheet
  • the adhesive composition constituting the adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50 is higher than that of the temporary fixing sheet 5.
  • Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the adhesive layer 50 include a polyimide resin having an imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, and a precursor of the polyimide resin. And polyamic acid, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
  • polyimide resin and the silicone resin those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the adhesive bond layer 50 can contain another additive as needed.
  • other additives those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the composition constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is selected to be lower than the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50.
  • Examples of the material constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
  • the said polyimide resin demonstrated as the adhesive composition which comprises the said adhesive bond layer 50.
  • the polyamic acid which is the precursor of the said polyimide resin is used. It may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 5 is produced, for example, as follows. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the temporary fixing sheet 5 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied on a substrate to a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under a predetermined condition.
  • the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • a plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used.
  • it does not specifically limit as a coating method For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet 5 according to the present embodiment is obtained.
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the temporary fixing sheet 5 of the base 1 (see FIG. 41).
  • the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 46).
  • an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip.
  • the underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid.
  • a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used.
  • the flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
  • the fourth aspect of the present invention is not limited to this example, and an adhesive layer may be formed from the inclined portion to the inner side (the center side of the base).
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an outline of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment.
  • the steps other than the step of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the pedestal and the step of separating from the pedestal are substantially the same as those of the above-described embodiment.
  • the process of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the pedestal and the process of separating from the pedestal will be described.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 105 has a recess 105a in the outer peripheral portion (the inclined portion of the pedestal and the portion inside the inclined portion).
  • the temporary fixing sheet 105 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and the inclined portion 11 and the concave portion 105a at the end of the pedestal are more adhesive than the temporary fixing sheet 105.
  • a high adhesive layer 150 is formed, and the temporary fixing sheet 105 is fixed to the base 1.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a is disposed on the base 1, and then a liquid adhesive composition is applied to the inclined portion 11 and the concave portion 105a, followed by drying or the like.
  • a liquid adhesive composition is applied to the inclined portion 11 and the concave portion 105a, followed by drying or the like.
  • an adhesive layer 150 as a sheet-like material is provided in advance on a portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a and on the concave portion 105a, and the temporary fixing sheet 105 is attached to the base 1.
  • a method of fixing the temporary fixing sheet 105 to the pedestal 1 by attaching the adhesive layer 150 so as to include the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 when placed on the pedestal 1 can be mentioned.
  • a liquid adhesive layer forming solution is applied to the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the temporary fixing sheet 105 and the concave portion 105a (for example, spray application), and the temporary fixing sheet 105 is mounted on the base. 1 is disposed so that the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 is included and then cured to form an adhesive layer 150, whereby the temporary fixing sheet 105 is placed on the pedestal 1.
  • the method of fixing is mentioned.
  • the end of the temporary fixing sheet 105 coincides with the end of the base 1.
  • the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet is not limited to this example, and within a range in which the temporary fixing sheet can be fixed to the pedestal by the adhesive layer, the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet is more predetermined than the end portion of the pedestal. It may be inside the distance (for example, 10 mm).
  • the semiconductor layer 3 with the resin-sealed wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 by separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 105 is fixed to the pedestal 1 mainly by the inclined portion 11 at the pedestal end and the adhesive layer 150 formed further from the inclined portion 11 to the inner side. If it is separated from the fixing sheet 105, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated vertically by external force.
  • a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105 As a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105, a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by dissolving the adhesive layer 150 with a solvent, A method in which the adhesive layer 150 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by physically cutting with a laser or the like, and the adhesive layer 150 is formed of a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating. And a method of reducing the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105.
  • the adhesive layer 150 since the adhesive layer 150 is formed further from the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end portion to the inner side, the notch 165 is formed from the semiconductor chip 3 side until reaching the adhesive sheet 105 as shown in FIG. It is preferable to add. At this time, the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut.
  • only the temporary fixing sheet 105 may be cut from an obliquely upward direction so that the wiring layer 2 is not cut.
  • the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 face each other only through the temporary fixing sheet 105.
  • the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are separated vertically.
  • the pedestal 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only through the temporary fixing sheet 105 having a relatively low adhesive force, the pedestal 1 and the wiring layer 2 are easily attached by an external force.
  • the semiconductor chip 3 can be separated vertically.
  • a method for forming the cut a conventionally known method or the like can be adopted, and a cutting tool such as a cutter or a high energy beam by a laser or the like can be used.
  • the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the recess 105a is used in the outer peripheral portion (the inclined portion of the base and the inner portion of the inclined portion), as shown in FIG.
  • the case where the adhesive layer 150 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by making a cut 165 until reaching the adhesive sheet 105 has been described.
  • the fourth aspect of the present invention is not limited to this example, and uses a temporary fixing sheet (for example, the temporary fixing sheet 5 shown in FIG. Then, the adhesive layer may be separated from the temporary fixing sheet by making a cut until reaching the adhesive sheet.
  • the semiconductor device manufacturing method and the adhesive sheet according to the fifth aspect of the present invention have, in particular, characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the fifth aspect of the present invention. The same characteristics and effects as the adhesive sheet can be exhibited.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, and includes a first adhesive layer, a structure having a large number of through holes, and And / or a second layer having a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton, and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to a pedestal is lower than the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer
  • the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface”, and the like used in the fifth aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship of the layers, and are the actual upper and lower surfaces of the adhesive sheet and the semiconductor device. It does not limit the attitude.
  • the work of the fifth aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor chip.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
  • the second adhesive layer has a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a structure having a large number of through holes and / or a non-woven structure as a skeleton, and is attached to a pedestal.
  • An adhesive sheet having an adhesive strength lower than that of the first adhesive layer is prepared.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the adhesive sheet according to the first embodiment of the fifth invention.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has a peripheral portion 54 formed by the first adhesive layer 50, and a central portion 53 inside the peripheral portion 54 has a large number of penetrations with the first adhesive layer 50. It is formed by lamination with the second layer 51 having a structure having holes and / or a non-woven structure as a skeleton. That is, the adhesive sheet 5 includes a second layer 51 and a first adhesive layer 50 that is laminated on the second layer 51 in such a manner as to cover the upper surface and side surfaces of the second layer 51. The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal using the surface on the side where the second layer 51 is exposed in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
  • the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive strength than that of the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion, so that it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 but the 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than a 1st adhesive bond layer, in the process of isolate
  • the central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51.
  • the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by an external force. Moreover, since the 2nd layer 51 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 5 from a base after the process to isolate
  • the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, preferably 50 ⁇ m or more. When the thickness is 10 ⁇ m or more, it is possible to follow the unevenness of the pedestal surface and the wiring surface, and the adhesive sheet can be filled without any gap. Moreover, the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 500 micrometers or less, for example, Preferably it is 300 micrometers or less. When the thickness is 500 ⁇ m or less, variation in thickness and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented.
  • the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 in the center part 53 can be set suitably, Preferably it is 0.1 micrometer or more, More preferably, it is 0.5 micrometer or more, More preferably, it is 1 micrometer or more. Moreover, this thickness becomes like this. Preferably it is 300 micrometers or less, More preferably, it is 200 micrometers or less. Further, the thickness of the second layer 51 in the central portion 53 can be set as appropriate.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has a circular shape when viewed in plan.
  • the diameter of the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited.
  • the diameter of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably +1.0 to ⁇ 1.0 mm with respect to the diameter of the pedestal.
  • the shape of the second layer 51 is circular.
  • the area of the second layer 51 when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more with respect to the area of the adhesive sheet 5 when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan. Preferably it is 50% or more. If it is 10% or more, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer 50 formed in the peripheral portion 54 or to reduce the adhesive force, and to easily separate the pedestal from the semiconductor chip with wiring.
  • the area of the second layer 51 is preferably 99.95% or less, more preferably 99.9% or less. When it is 99.95% or less, a semiconductor chip with wiring can be firmly fixed to a pedestal.
  • the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably, for example, a 90 ° peel peel force on a silicon wafer under conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more. 0.40 N / 20 mm or more is more preferable. When it is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.
  • the upper limit of the 90 ° peel peel force is not particularly limited and is preferably as large as possible. For example, it is 30 N / 20 mm or less, preferably 20 N / 20 mm or less.
  • the polyimide resin which has an imide group and has a structural unit derived from the diamine which has an ether structure in at least one part is used suitably it can.
  • a silicone resin can also be used suitably.
  • the said polyimide resin is preferable from the point of heat resistance, chemical resistance, and adhesive residue.
  • polyimide resin and the silicone resin those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the second layer 51 has a structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56 and / or a non-woven structure as a skeleton.
  • FIG. 50 is a plan view showing an example of a structure having a large number of through holes. As shown in FIG. 50, the through-hole 56 penetrates in the thickness direction of the structure 57 (also referred to as the thickness direction of the adhesive sheet 5).
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 can be adjusted by adjusting the aperture ratio of the structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56. Specifically, when the through hole 56 is filled with an adhesive composition described later, the adhesive force can be increased by increasing the aperture ratio, and the adhesive force can be decreased by decreasing the aperture ratio.
  • the porosity of the structure 57 is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 8% or more, and further preferably 10% or more. When it is 5% or more, the adhesive composition filled in the through holes 56 can reach the adherend, and the adhesive force of the second layer 51 can be adjusted.
  • the open area ratio is preferably 98% or less, more preferably 95% or less, and still more preferably 90% or less. When it is 98% or less, the adhesive force of the second layer 51 can be made lower than that of the first adhesive layer 50 even when the same adhesive composition as that of the first adhesive layer 50 is filled in the through holes 56.
  • the shape of the through hole 56 (the shape of the through hole 56 when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a circle, an ellipse, and a polygon.
  • the shapes of the through holes 56 may all be the same or different.
  • the size (area) of one through hole 56 is preferably 70 ⁇ m 2 or more, more preferably 100 ⁇ m 2 or more. Further, it is preferably 20 mm 2 or less, more preferably 7 mm 2 or less. The sizes of the through holes 56 may all be the same or different.
  • the material of the structure 57 having a large number of through-holes 56 and the nonwoven structure is not particularly limited.
  • polyolefins such as low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, homopolyprolene, polybutene, polymethylpentene, ethylene-acetic acid Vinyl copolymer, ionomer resin, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester (random, alternating) copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-hexene copolymer, Polyester such as polyurethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyimide, polyetheretherketone, polyimide resin, polyetherimide, polyamide, wholly aromatic polyamide, polyphenyls Fuido, aramid (paper), glass,
  • metal materials such as iron, copper, nickel, tungsten, aluminum, gold, silver, copper, brass, red copper, phosphor bronze, nichrome, monel metal, bronze, and stainless steel (SUS) can be used. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a metal material, the above-mentioned polyimide resin, and the above-mentioned silicone resin are preferable, and SUS and aluminum are more preferable.
  • the above-described polyimide resin, the above-described silicone resin, and metal material are preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and contamination.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force on a silicon wafer under conditions of a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Preferably, it is 0.10 N / 20 mm or less. If the thickness is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off.
  • the lower limit of the 90 ° peel peeling force is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more and 0.001 N / 20 mm or more.
  • the 90 ° peel peeling force is fixed to the silicon wafer.
  • the 90 ° peel peel force in a state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting). Specifically, it can be measured by the method described in the examples.
  • the pores of the through-hole 56 and the non-woven structure may be filled with the adhesive composition or may not be filled. It is preferable that the second layer having a low adhesive force can be easily formed by controlling the aperture ratio of the structure 57 and the density of the non-woven structure.
  • the adhesive composition that fills the through-holes 56 and the porosity of the nonwoven fabric there are no particular limitations on the adhesive composition that fills the through-holes 56 and the porosity of the nonwoven fabric, and examples thereof include the aforementioned polyimide resins and the aforementioned silicone resins.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is preferably, for example, a 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm. More preferably, it is 20 N / 20 mm or less. If the thickness is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off.
  • the lower limit of the 90 ° peel peel force is preferably as low as possible, but is preferably 0 N / 20 mm or more, more preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, still more preferably 0.01 N / 20 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.10 N. / 20 mm or more.
  • the adhesive strength of the second layer 51 depends on the opening ratio of the structure 57, the density of the nonwoven structure, the type of the adhesive composition that fills the pores of the through holes 56 and the nonwoven fabric, the material of the structure 57, and the like. Can be adjusted.
  • the manufacturing method of the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the structure 57 having a large number of through-holes 56 and the periphery thereof (region around the structure 57), and the through-holes 56 are applied.
  • the coating layer is formed on the structure 57 and around the structure 57.
  • the coating layer formed around the structure 57 becomes the first adhesive layer 50 in the peripheral portion 54.
  • a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the non-woven structure and the periphery thereof, It can be manufactured by filling the pores of the non-woven structure with the solution and forming a coating layer on and around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 50 in the peripheral portion 54.
  • the viscosity of the solution to be applied can be set as appropriate. What is necessary is just to set the application quantity suitably.
  • FIG. 51 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to the second embodiment of the fifth invention.
  • FIG. 52 is a plan view of the adhesive sheet shown in FIG.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 has a peripheral portion 64 formed of the first adhesive layer 60, and a central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 has a large number of through holes 66.
  • a second layer 61 having a structure as a skeleton is formed. The adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60.
  • the second layer 61 may have a non-woven structure as a skeleton.
  • the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64 is reduced in the separation step described later, the external force causes Thus, it is possible to easily separate the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring vertically.
  • the center part 63 is formed of the 2nd layer 61 and the 2nd layer 61 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 6 from a base after the process to isolate
  • the first adhesive layer 60 is formed in the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6, the first adhesive layer 60 is dissolved by a solvent or physically used by a cutter, a laser, or the like in the separation step described later. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 by making a notch in.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified for the adhesive sheet 5 of the first embodiment.
  • the adhesive sheet 6 has a circular shape when viewed in plan.
  • the diameter of the adhesive sheet 6 is not specifically limited, For example, what was illustrated by the adhesive sheet 5 of 1st Embodiment is mentioned.
  • the area of the 2nd layer 61 when the adhesive sheet 6 is planarly viewed is not specifically limited, For example, what was illustrated with the adhesive sheet 5 of 1st Embodiment is mentioned.
  • Examples of the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer 60 include those exemplified for the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the description of the first adhesive layer 60 is the same as the content of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • Examples of the adhesive strength of the second layer 61 include those exemplified for the second layer 51.
  • the description of the second layer 61 is the same as the content of the second layer 51.
  • the manufacturing method of the adhesive sheet 6 is not particularly limited.
  • a solution including a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is applied to a structure having a large number of through-holes 66 and the periphery thereof (region around the structure), and the through-holes 66 are formed as described above. It can be manufactured by filling with a solution and forming a coating layer around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64.
  • a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is applied to the non-woven structure and the periphery thereof. It can be produced by filling the pores of the non-woven structure with the solution and forming a coating layer around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64.
  • the viscosity of the solution to be applied can be set as appropriate. What is necessary is just to set the application quantity suitably.
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to a third embodiment of the fifth invention.
  • the adhesive sheet 7 is formed by stacking a first adhesive layer 70 and a second layer 71 having a structure having a large number of through holes and / or a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton. Has been.
  • the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70.
  • the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 but the 2nd layer 71 whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer 70, in the process of isolate
  • the thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, preferably 50 ⁇ m or more. When the thickness is 10 ⁇ m or more, the unevenness of the pedestal surface and the wiring surface can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without any gaps. Moreover, the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is 500 micrometers or less, for example, Preferably it is 300 micrometers or less. When the thickness is 500 ⁇ m or less, variation in thickness and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented.
  • the thickness of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1 ⁇ m or more, preferably 5 ⁇ m or more. When the thickness is 1 ⁇ m or more, the unevenness of the pedestal surface and the wiring surface can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without a gap.
  • the thickness of the second layer 71 is, for example, 500 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 300 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness is 500 ⁇ m or less, variation in thickness and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented.
  • the shape of the adhesive sheet 7 when viewed in plan is not particularly limited, but is usually circular.
  • Examples of the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 include those exemplified for the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the description of the first adhesive layer 70 is the same as the content of the first adhesive layer 50.
  • the adhesive strength of the second layer 71 is preferably, for example, a 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a temperature of 23 ⁇ 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm. More preferably, it is 20 N / 20 mm or less. When it is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, the pedestal can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer.
  • the lower limit of the 90 ° peel strength is preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N / 20 mm or more, and still more preferably 0.010 N / 20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be fixed to the pedestal well, and back grinding and the like can be performed well.
  • the description of the second layer 71 is the same as the content of the second layer 51.
  • the manufacturing method of the adhesive sheet 7 is not particularly limited.
  • a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 is applied to a structure having a large number of through holes, the through holes are filled with the solution, and a coating layer is formed on the structure. Can be manufactured.
  • a non-woven structure is applied to the non-woven structure by applying a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70. It can be manufactured by filling the pores of the structure with the solution and forming a coating layer on the structure.
  • the viscosity of the solution to be applied can be set as appropriate. What is necessary is just to set the application quantity suitably.
  • the adhesive sheets 5 to 7 having a circular shape when viewed in plan have been described.
  • the shape is not particularly limited, and may be another shape such as a polygon or an ellipse.
  • the adhesive sheets 5 to 7 in which the shapes of the second layers 51, 61, and 71 are circular when viewed in plan have been described.
  • the shape is not particularly limited, and may be another shape such as a polygon or an ellipse.
  • FIG. 48 is used.
  • 54 to 59 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 54).
  • the bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable.
  • the crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll.
  • the conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 can be firmly bonded to the base 1.
  • the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 and the wiring 26 is exposed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2.
  • the wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 5 side.
  • FIG. 55 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2.
  • the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • the upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer.
  • FIG. 56 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, but the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
  • resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary.
  • a resin 32 used for resin sealing a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
  • the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1. Specifically, the base 1 is peeled off together with the adhesive sheet 5 with the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 opposite to the base 1 as an interface. When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. As described above, since the adhesive sheet 5 includes not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. If it is reduced, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force.
  • the central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation
  • a method of reducing the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 a method of lowering the adhesive force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, a physical method such as a cutter or laser is applied to the first adhesive layer 50. Examples thereof include a method of reducing the adhesive force by cutting a slit, a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 with a material whose adhesive force is reduced by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesive force by heating.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 59).
  • the base 1 is prepared (see FIG. 54).
  • the pedestal 1 the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded onto the base 1 (see FIG. 54).
  • the adhesive sheet 5 has the 2nd layer 51 and the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 laminated
  • the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface.
  • the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1 (see FIG. 55).
  • the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
  • the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 59).
  • an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip.
  • the underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid.
  • a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used.
  • the flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
  • the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 are exposed is attached to the base 1, and the adhesive sheet 5.
  • the case where the wiring is formed on the surface where only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed has been described.
  • the method for forming the wiring using the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed is attached to the base 1, and the first adhesion of the adhesive sheet 5 is performed.
  • a wiring may be formed on the surface where the agent layer 50 and the second layer 51 are exposed.
  • the method of forming the wiring using the adhesive sheet 5 has been described. However, the wiring can be formed in the same manner as when the adhesive sheet 5 is used even if the adhesive sheet 6 or the adhesive sheet 7 is used. Can do.
  • the wiring in the first to fifth aspects of the invention is not limited to this example.
  • the wirings according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention may not be formed as a wiring layer.
  • the wiring may be formed as a single piece on an adhesive sheet.
  • a wiring is formed on a pedestal (for example, a long pedestal) having an adhesive sheet, and the wiring is formed on the wiring.
  • the method includes mounting a plurality of workpieces, performing resin sealing, and then cutting to obtain a plurality of semiconductor devices.
  • wiring for a plurality of semiconductor devices can be formed on one pedestal.
  • the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device includes forming a wiring on a pedestal having an adhesive sheet and mounting one workpiece on the wiring. Also included is a method of obtaining one semiconductor device by performing resin sealing.
  • a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device comprising: forming a wiring on a base (for example, a long base) to which a temporary fixing sheet is fixed; mounting a plurality of workpieces on the wiring; And then cutting to obtain a plurality of semiconductor devices.
  • wiring for a plurality of semiconductor devices can be formed on one pedestal.
  • a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device comprising: forming a wiring on a pedestal to which a temporary fixing sheet is fixed; mounting a workpiece on the wiring; A method for obtaining a semiconductor device is also included.
  • the example of the method for manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention has been described above.
  • the method for manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention is the same as that described above.
  • the present invention is not limited and can be appropriately changed within the scope of the gist of the first to fifth inventions.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
  • D-4000 Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • D-2000 polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
  • BPDA 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • PPD p-phenylenediamine
  • Example 1 ⁇ Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • D-4000 polyetherdiamine
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether
  • PMDA Pyromellitic dianhydride
  • a second layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive layer solution except that the formulation in Table 1 was followed.
  • the resulting second layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
  • the second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the second layer is The sheet
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold)
  • a circular sheet was obtained by removing the outside while leaving the inside.
  • said half cut means the cut in the aspect which cuts a polyester film and a 2nd layer completely, and does not cut a separator completely (cut to the middle of a separator).
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain an adhesive sheet A having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet A had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 ⁇ m. The diameter of the second layer was 198 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 2 ⁇ m. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet A was 8 micrometers.
  • Example 2 ⁇ Preparation of first adhesive layer solution> A first adhesive layer solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 1 was followed. ⁇ Preparation of adhesive sheet> On a SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Seikan Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), Cu plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 ⁇ m to obtain a SUS foil with Cu plating. The obtained Cu-plated SUS foil was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.). The first adhesive layer solution was applied to a Cu-plated SUS foil and dried at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes.
  • SUS foil manufactured by Toyo Seikan Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA
  • Cu plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 ⁇ m to obtain a SUS foil with Cu plating.
  • the obtained Cu-plated SUS foil was cooled to
  • the SUS foil was peeled to obtain a polyamic acid layer with Cu plating.
  • Cu etching was performed on the obtained polyamic acid layer with Cu plating.
  • a circular (195 mm ⁇ (diameter 195 mm)) Cu plating portion was left, and the others were removed.
  • an adhesive sheet B having the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 1 was obtained. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet B had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • the diameter of the second layer was 195 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet B was 9.5 micrometers.
  • Example 2 when forming the adhesive sheet, the shape in which the second layer was formed on the first adhesive layer (the shape in which the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer) However, while the second layer is as thin as 0.5 ⁇ m, the first adhesive layer is as thick as 10 ⁇ m, and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus). The second layer will be embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the adhesive sheet B of Example 2 has the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
  • Example 3 An adhesive sheet C was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 1 was followed.
  • Example 4 ⁇ Production of circular sheet>
  • the second layer solution prepared in Example 1 was applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • a sheet having a second layer was obtained.
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold) The outer side was removed leaving the inner side) to obtain a circular sheet (thickness: 2.5 ⁇ m).
  • ⁇ Adhesive sheet> The first adhesive layer solution prepared in Example 1 was applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. To obtain a sheet having a first adhesive layer. A long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) is laminated on the first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and a punched portion leaving the outside ( The inside (punched with a Thomson die) was removed to obtain a hollow sheet (thickness: 2.5 ⁇ m).
  • the separator of the circular sheet and the hollow sheet is peeled off and bonded so that the second layer of the circular sheet fits into the part where the first adhesive layer of the hollow sheet does not exist.
  • An adhesive sheet D having a cross-sectional shape shown in 2 was obtained. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet D had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m. The diameter of the second layer was 198 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 2.5 ⁇ m.
  • Example 5 An adhesive sheet similar to that of Example 1 was prepared, and this was used as an adhesive sheet E.
  • the adhesive sheet E is used as an adhesive sheet having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
  • Example 1 A single-layer adhesive sheet F made of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained.
  • the adhesive sheet F was circular and had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • the composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 ⁇ m.
  • a first adhesive layer, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 2, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 3, and a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
  • the first adhesive layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the first adhesive with a silicon wafer. A layer was obtained.
  • Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • a second layer having a composition according to Example 3 was prepared.
  • the 2nd layer of the composition which concerns on Example 2 was created so that the thickness after drying for 3 minutes at 90 degreeC might be set to 20 micrometers on SUS foil.
  • the second layer according to Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Two layers were obtained.
  • the second layer according to Example 2 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer.
  • first adhesive layer or second layer Each sample (first adhesive layer or second layer) was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H) was used at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / A 90 ° peel evaluation was performed in minutes. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the laminate was laminated on the pedestal with the surfaces exposed by both the first adhesive layer and the second layer as the bonding surfaces. Thereby, the adhesive sheet A with a base was obtained.
  • wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
  • the adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C.
  • the adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet C with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet C in the same manner as described above.
  • the adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet C with a base was obtained.
  • wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet C in the same manner as described above.
  • the adhesive sheet D according to Example 4 was roll laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet D with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet D in the same manner as described above.
  • the adhesive sheet E according to Example 5 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the laminate was laminated on the pedestal with the surface exposed only by the first adhesive layer as the bonding surface. Thereby, the adhesive sheet E with a base was obtained.
  • wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet E by a semi-additive method.
  • the adhesive sheet F according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet F with a base was obtained.
  • wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet F in the same manner as described above. As a result of the above wiring formation, the adhesive sheet does not peel from the pedestal, and the wiring being formed from the adhesive sheet does not peel off. Was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation.
  • a laser YAG laser, output 1.5 W
  • the layer was cut to the pedestal surface.
  • the base-attached adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center was the same as that of the adhesive sheet B and had a diameter of 197 mm.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so that the center of the adhesive sheet C was the same and the diameter was 195 mm.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet D according to Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so as to be a circle having the same center as the adhesive sheet D and a diameter of 196 mm.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet E according to Example 5 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so as to be a circle having the same center as the adhesive sheet E and a diameter of 196 mm.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet F according to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center was the same as the adhesive sheet F and had a diameter of 197 mm.
  • the central portions of the adhesive sheets A to F after the cut were adsorbed with vacuum tweezers and pulled up.
  • the case where the adhesive sheet or a part of the adhesive sheet was peeled off from the pedestal was evaluated as ⁇ , and the case where it was not peeled off was evaluated as x.
  • the results are shown in Table 2.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
  • D-4000 Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • D-2000 polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
  • BPDA 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • PPD p-phenylenediamine
  • Example 1 ⁇ Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
  • D-4000 polyetherdiamine
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • a second layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive layer solution except that the composition according to Table 3 was followed.
  • the resulting second layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
  • the second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • a sheet having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold)
  • a circular sheet was obtained by removing the outside while leaving the inside.
  • said half cut means the cut in the aspect which cuts a polyester film and a 2nd layer completely, and does not cut a separator completely (cut to the middle of a separator).
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain an adhesive sheet A having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet A had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 ⁇ m. The diameter of the second layer was 196 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 100 ⁇ m.
  • Example 2 ⁇ Preparation of first adhesive layer solution> A first adhesive layer solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 3 was followed. ⁇ Preparation of adhesive sheet> On a SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Seikan Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), Cu plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 ⁇ m to obtain a SUS foil with Cu plating. The first adhesive layer solution was applied to a Cu-plated SUS foil and dried at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the SUS foil was peeled to obtain a polyamic acid layer with Cu plating.
  • SUS foil manufactured by Toyo Seikan Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA
  • an adhesive sheet B having the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 26 was obtained. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet B had a diameter of 199 mm and a thickness of 10 ⁇ m. The diameter of the second layer was 195 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 0.5 ⁇ m. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet B was 9.5 micrometers.
  • Example 2 when forming the adhesive sheet, the shape in which the second layer was formed on the first adhesive layer (the shape in which the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer) However, while the second layer is as thin as 0.5 ⁇ m, the first adhesive layer is as thick as 10 ⁇ m, and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus). The second layer will be embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the adhesive sheet B of Example 2 has the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
  • Example 3 Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution> A solution for the first adhesive layer and a solution for the second layer were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the formulation in Table 3 was followed. ⁇ Production of circular sheet> The second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the second layer is The sheet
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut with a Thomson mold to a diameter of 195 mm, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold)
  • a circular sheet was obtained by removing the outside while leaving the inside.
  • said half cut means the cut in the aspect which cuts a polyester film and a 2nd layer completely, and does not cut a separator completely (cut to the middle of a separator).
  • a long polyester film (thickness 25 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain an adhesive sheet C having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. Specifically, the diameter of the entire adhesive sheet C was 199 mm, and the thickness was 10 ⁇ m. The diameter of the second layer was 195 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 2 ⁇ m. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet C was 8 micrometers.
  • the adhesive sheet C of Example 3 has the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
  • Example 1 A single-layer adhesive sheet E made of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained.
  • the adhesive sheet E was circular and had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • the composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 ⁇ m.
  • a first adhesive layer, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 2, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 3, and a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
  • the first adhesive layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the first adhesive with a silicon wafer. A layer was obtained.
  • Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • a second layer having a composition according to Example 3 was prepared.
  • the 2nd layer of the composition which concerns on Example 2 was created so that the thickness after drying for 3 minutes at 90 degreeC might be set to 20 micrometers on SUS foil.
  • the second layer according to Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Two layers were obtained.
  • the second layer according to Example 2 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer.
  • first adhesive layer or second layer Each sample (first adhesive layer or second layer) was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H) was used at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / A 90 ° peel evaluation was performed in minutes. The results are shown in Table 4.
  • the adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet A with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
  • Adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 is a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and a surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed is bonded to a surface of 90 ° C., After roll lamination at a pressure of 0.1 MPa, imidization was performed at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet B in the same manner as described above. The adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 is rolled at a temperature of 90 ° C.
  • the adhesive sheet E according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation.
  • a laser YAG laser, output 1.5 W
  • the layer was cut to the pedestal surface.
  • the base-attached adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center was the same as that of the adhesive sheet B and had a diameter of 197 mm.
  • the pedestal-attached adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so that the center of the adhesive sheet C was the same and the diameter was 195 mm.
  • a base-attached adhesive sheet E according to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation.
  • the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center of the adhesive sheet E was the same and the diameter was 197 mm.
  • the central portions of the adhesive sheets A to C and E after the cut were adsorbed with vacuum tweezers and pulled up.
  • the case where the adhesive sheet or a part of the adhesive sheet was peeled off from the pedestal was evaluated as ⁇ , and the case where it was not peeled off was evaluated as x.
  • the results are shown in Table 4.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
  • D-4000 Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • D-2000 polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
  • BPDA 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • PPD p-phenylenediamine
  • Example 1 ⁇ Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • D-4000 polyetherdiamine
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
  • a second layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive layer solution except that the formulation in Table 5 was followed.
  • the resulting second layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
  • ⁇ Preparation of adhesive sheet> The second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the second layer is A sheet having a thickness of 8 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • the first adhesive layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • a sheet (thickness 2 ⁇ m) having a layer was obtained.
  • the sheet having the second layer and the sheet having the first adhesive layer are bonded together (bonding conditions: 95 ° C., 0.4 MPa), and the first adhesive layer and the second layer are A laminated adhesive sheet A was obtained.
  • Example 2 An adhesive sheet B was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 5 was followed.
  • Example 3 An adhesive sheet C was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 5 was followed.
  • the composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 ⁇ m.
  • a first adhesive layer, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 2, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 3, and a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
  • the first adhesive layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the first adhesive with a silicon wafer.
  • a layer was obtained.
  • Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • the second layer, the second layer having the composition according to Example 2, and the second layer having the composition according to Example 3 were prepared.
  • the second layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Two layers were obtained.
  • first adhesive layer or second layer Each sample (first adhesive layer or second layer) was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H) was used at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / A 90 ° peel evaluation was performed in minutes. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • the adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was roll laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm with the first adhesive layer side as a bonding surface, and then at 1. Imidization was performed in a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours. Thereby, the adhesive sheet A with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
  • the adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C.
  • the adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm with the first adhesive layer side as a bonding surface, and then 1. Imidization was performed in a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours.
  • the adhesive sheet C with a base was obtained.
  • wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet C in the same manner as described above.
  • the adhesive sheet E according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet E with a base was obtained.
  • a wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet E in the same manner as described above. As a result of the above wiring formation, the adhesive sheet does not peel from the pedestal, and the wiring being formed from the adhesive sheet does not peel off. Was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • the adhesive sheet A with a pedestal according to Example 1 was prepared in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, it heated at 250 degreeC for 10 minute (s).
  • the adhesive sheet C with a pedestal according to Example 3 was prepared in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, the contact surface between the first adhesive layer and the second layer was cut with a cutter to form a gap, and then a sharp metal jig (12 °) was inserted and peeled into the gap. In the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation, an adhesive sheet E with a pedestal according to Comparative Example 1 was created, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, it heated at 250 degreeC for 10 minute (s).
  • the SC-1 cleaning solution, or the stripper treatment by the carter, the pedestal and the resin part of the device wafer after resin sealing are adsorbed by a vertical stripper (manufactured by Nitto Seiki, HSA840-WS) and vertically It peeled.
  • a vertical stripper manufactured by Nitto Seiki, HSA840-WS
  • the case where the adhesive sheet peeled from the pedestal was evaluated as ⁇ , and the case where it did not peel was evaluated as x.
  • the results are shown in Table 6.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
  • D-4000 Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • BPDA 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • PPD p-phenylenediamine SD4587L
  • PSA manufactured by Toray Dow
  • silicone resin SRX212 manufactured by Toray Dow, curing agent
  • Example 1 ⁇ Preparation of temporary fixing sheet solution and adhesive layer solution>
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • D-4000 polyetherdiamine
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether
  • PMDA pyro 100 g of merit acid dianhydride
  • An adhesive layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the temporary fixing sheet solution except that the composition according to Table 7 was followed.
  • the obtained adhesive layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
  • ⁇ Temporary fixing sheet> The temporary fixing sheet solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and temporarily fixed sheet A Got.
  • ⁇ Temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer> Two sheets of the temporary fixing sheet A obtained were used, one was punched into a circle having a radius 0.5 mm smaller than the pedestal, and the other was punched into a circle having a radius 0.3 mm smaller than the pedestal. Were bonded to form a recess (see FIG. 47).
  • the adhesive layer solution was applied to the concave portion and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. This was designated as temporary fixing sheet A with an adhesive layer.
  • Example 2 A temporary fixing sheet B was obtained in the same manner as the temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 7 was followed. Moreover, the solution for adhesive bond layers was produced by the method similar to Example 1 except the point according to the mixing
  • Example 3 A temporary fixing sheet C was obtained in the same manner as the temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 7 was followed. Moreover, the solution for adhesive bond layers was produced by the method similar to Example 1 except the point according to the mixing
  • Example 1 The same adhesive layer solution as in Example 1 was applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm), and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A single-layer adhesive sheet F composed of an adhesive layer was obtained.
  • the composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 ⁇ m.
  • a temporary fixing sheet, a temporary fixing sheet having the composition according to Example 2, and a temporary fixing sheet having the composition according to Example 3 were prepared.
  • the temporary fixing sheets according to Examples 1 to 3 were bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain a temporary fixing sheet with a silicon wafer.
  • Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 ⁇ m, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • Adhesive layer having the composition according to Example 2, the adhesive layer having the composition according to Example 3, and the adhesive layer having the composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
  • the adhesive layers according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain an adhesive layer with a silicon wafer. .
  • Each sample (sheet for temporary fixing or adhesive layer) is processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. 90 ° peel evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 8.
  • the temporary fixing sheet A with an adhesive layer according to Example 1 was roll-laminated on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. At this time, the adhesive layer of the temporary fixing sheet A with the adhesive layer was attached so that the adhesive layer was positioned on the inclined portion of the pedestal. Thereby, the sheet
  • the temporary fixing sheet B according to Example 2 was roll-laminated on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa.
  • the adhesive layer solution according to Example 2 was applied to the inclined portion of the pedestal edge, and was cured by heating at a temperature of 120 ° C. for 10 minutes. Thereby, the sheet
  • the adhesive layer solution according to Example 3 was applied to an inclined portion of an end portion of a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm.
  • the temporary fixing sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated on the pedestal at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereafter, the adhesive layer solution was cured by heating at a temperature of 150 ° C. for 5 minutes. Thereby, the sheet
  • the adhesive sheet F according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereby, the adhesive layer F with a base was obtained.
  • ⁇ Peelability evaluation> The pedestal-attached temporary fixing sheet A according to Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) was irradiated from the side opposite to the pedestal, and cut to the pedestal surface. At this time, the cut was inside the adhesive layer (see FIG. 47). In the same manner as in the above process resistance evaluation, a tentative fixing sheet B according to Example 2 was obtained. Next, only the temporary fixing sheet was cut with a cutter from an obliquely upward direction (see FIG. 45). In the same manner as the process resistance evaluation, a pedestal-attached temporary fixing sheet C according to Example 3 was obtained.
  • PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
  • DDE 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
  • D-4000 Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • D-2000 polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
  • BPDA 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • PPD p-phenylenediamine separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone release agent)
  • Example 1 In an atmosphere under a nitrogen stream, D-4000 365 g, DDE 74 g, and PMDA 100 g were mixed and reacted at 70 ° C. in 1257 g of DMAc, and then cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.). An adhesive solution was obtained. A second adhesive solution was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive solution except that the composition according to Table 9 was followed. The second adhesive solution is applied to the separator and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes to produce a sheet having a coating layer of the second adhesive solution. A sheet was obtained. The shape of the through hole when the perforated sheet was viewed in plan was circular, and the area of each through hole when the perforated sheet was viewed in plan was 78.5 ⁇ m 2 .
  • the diameter of each through hole was 10 ⁇ m.
  • the aperture ratio was 50%.
  • the first adhesive solution was applied to the perforated sheet and its periphery (region around the perforated sheet), the through holes were filled with the first adhesive solution, and an application layer of the first adhesive solution was formed. Then, it was made to dry for 3 minutes at 90 degreeC, and the adhesive sheet of the shape of Embodiment 1 shown to FIG. 48, FIG. 49 was obtained.
  • the entire adhesive sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • the diameter of the second layer was 196 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 1 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet was 99 micrometers.
  • Example 2 A first adhesive solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 9 was followed.
  • An adhesive sheet having the shape of Embodiment 1 shown in FIGS. 48 and 49 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that an aluminum mesh having an aperture ratio of 80% was used instead of the perforated sheet.
  • the entire adhesive sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 120.5 ⁇ m.
  • the diameter of the second layer was 198 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet was 120 micrometers.
  • Example 3 The point which obtained the 1st adhesive solution and the 2nd adhesive solution according to the mixing
  • the adhesive sheet having the shape of Embodiment 1 shown in FIGS. 48 and 49 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the opening ratio was 10%.
  • the entire adhesive sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • the diameter of the second layer was 197 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 1 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet was 99 micrometers.
  • Example 1 A first adhesive solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 9 was followed. The first adhesive solution was applied to the separator and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a single-layer adhesive sheet made of the first adhesive.
  • the adhesive sheet was circular and had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 150 ⁇ m.
  • Example 1 [Measurement of adhesive strength of perforated sheet and aluminum mesh (structure with many through holes)] (Example 1, Example 3)
  • the perforated sheets of Examples 1 and 3 were bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain a perforated sheet with a silicon wafer.
  • a perforated sheet with a silicon wafer was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. .
  • the results are shown in Table 10.
  • Example 2 The aluminum mesh was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer to obtain an aluminum mesh with a silicon wafer.
  • the obtained aluminum mesh with a silicon wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation was performed at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H). went. The results are shown in Table 10.
  • a second layer (a second layer comprising a perforated sheet or an aluminum mesh and a first adhesive filled in the through holes) is cut out from the adhesive sheet, and the cut second layer is cut into an 8-inch silicon wafer. And imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain a second layer with a silicon wafer.
  • a second layer with a silicon wafer is processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation is performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. It was. The results are shown in Table 10.
  • Examples 1 to 3 The surfaces on which the first adhesive layer and the second layer of the adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 3 were exposed were attached to a pedestal (a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 ⁇ m). The pasting was performed by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereafter, imidization was performed at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, which is capable of easily manufacturing a semiconductor device in cases where the semiconductor device is manufactured by mounting a workpiece on a wiring line that has been formed on a supporting base and then separating the workpiece with the wiring line from the supporting base. This method for manufacturing a semiconductor device comprises: a step for preparing a bonding sheet which has a first adhesive layer and a second layer that exhibits lower adhesion to a supporting base than the first adhesive layer after bonding, with at least the peripheral portion thereof being formed of the first adhesive layer; a step for bonding the bonding sheet to the supporting base, while using the lower surface as a bonding surface; a step for forming a wiring line on the bonding sheet that has been bonded to the supporting base; a step for mounting a workpiece on the wiring line; and a step for separating the workpiece with the wiring line from the supporting base after the mounting.

Description

半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートSemiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
 本発明は、半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートに関する。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device and an adhesive sheet.
 従来、半導体装置の製造工程において、台座上にデバイスを仮固定した後、デバイスに対して所定の処理を行い、その後、台座を分離するといった工程が行なわれることがある(例えば、特許文献1、特許文献2参照)。 Conventionally, in a semiconductor device manufacturing process, after a device is temporarily fixed on a pedestal, a predetermined process is performed on the device, and then a pedestal is separated (for example, Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2).
 特許文献1には、第1基板としてのデバイスウェハと第2基板としてのキャリアー基板とを強い接着結合を形成しない充填層を介して圧着するとともに、充填層の周縁に対して接合素材を充填して硬化することによりエッジボンドを形成して、第1基板と第2基板とを接着する方法が開示されている。特許文献1には、第1基板と第2基板とが接着した状態で希望する処理工程を行い、その後、第1基板と第2基板とを分離することが開示されている。分離においては、まず、エッジボンドを溶媒に溶解するか、レーザー切断した後、低機械力を加えることにより第1基板と第2基板とを分離している。 In Patent Document 1, a device wafer as a first substrate and a carrier substrate as a second substrate are pressure-bonded through a filling layer that does not form a strong adhesive bond, and a bonding material is filled into the periphery of the filling layer. A method of forming an edge bond by curing and bonding the first substrate and the second substrate is disclosed. Patent Document 1 discloses that a desired processing step is performed in a state where the first substrate and the second substrate are bonded, and then the first substrate and the second substrate are separated. In the separation, first, the first substrate and the second substrate are separated by dissolving the edge bond in a solvent or laser cutting and then applying a low mechanical force.
 また、特許文献2には、イミド、アミドイミドおよびアミドイミド-シロキサンのポリマーおよびオリゴマーからなる群の中から選択される、オリゴマーおよびポリマーからなる群の中から選択される化合物を含む接合用組成物層を介して第1の基板と第2の基板とを接合してなる積層体を提供し、前記積層体を、前記接合層を軟化させるのに十分な温度に暴露し、前記第1の基板と前記第2の基板とを分離することを含むウエハの接合方法が開示されている。 Patent Document 2 discloses a bonding composition layer containing a compound selected from the group consisting of oligomers and polymers, selected from the group consisting of polymers and oligomers of imides, amidoimides and amidoimide-siloxanes. A laminated body formed by bonding the first substrate and the second substrate, exposing the laminated body to a temperature sufficient to soften the bonding layer, and A method for bonding a wafer including separating a second substrate is disclosed.
 一方、従来、チップを外部の配線に接続(実装)する方法として、該チップの電極位置に配線の特定部分を対応させて両者を接続する方法(例えば、フリップチップボンディング)が用いられるようになっている。外部の配線とは、チップと共に封止されるパッケージ用回路基板や、他の素子が多数実装される一般的な回路基板などに形成されている配線等、チップとは別に形成されている配線である。また、チップとパッケージ用回路基板との接続には、インターポーザと称される接点付きのフレキシブル配線回路基板を間に介在させる場合もある。 On the other hand, conventionally, as a method for connecting (mounting) a chip to an external wiring, a method (for example, flip chip bonding) in which a specific portion of the wiring is made to correspond to an electrode position of the chip and the both are connected is used. ing. External wiring is wiring formed separately from the chip, such as wiring formed on a package circuit board that is sealed together with the chip, or a general circuit board on which many other elements are mounted. is there. In some cases, a flexible printed circuit board with contacts called an interposer is interposed between the chip and the package circuit board.
 前記のようなインターポーザなどのフレキシブルな配線回路基板は、そのフレキシブルな性質のために、チップ実装などの製造工程での取り扱い性は良好ではない。よって、従来では、まず、金属支持基板上にフレキシブルな配線回路基板を形成して適当な剛性を持った該配線回路基板とし、工程での取り扱い性を改善した状態でチップ実装を行ない、剛体であるチップが実装された後に金属支持基板を除去するといった方法が用いられている。 The flexible printed circuit board such as the interposer as described above is not easy to handle in the manufacturing process such as chip mounting because of its flexible nature. Therefore, conventionally, first, a flexible printed circuit board is formed on a metal support board to obtain a wired circuit board having appropriate rigidity, and chip mounting is performed with improved handling in the process. A method of removing a metal support substrate after a certain chip is mounted is used.
 従来では、上記説明のとおり、金属支持基板上にフレキシブルな配線回路基板を形成し、チップ実装された後に金属支持基板を除去するといった加工を行っている。ここで、金属支持基板と配線回路基板とは、一体不可分な積層体として形成され、チップ実装の後、該金属支持基板を除去する際には、エッチングが用いられている。しかしながら、エッチングによって金属支持基板を除去する工程があるために、レジストの付与と除去など、製造工程が煩雑になっており、製造コストが高くなっていることも問題があった。 Conventionally, as described above, a flexible printed circuit board is formed on a metal support substrate, and after the chip is mounted, the metal support substrate is removed. Here, the metal support substrate and the printed circuit board are formed as an integral inseparable laminate, and etching is used to remove the metal support substrate after chip mounting. However, since there is a process of removing the metal support substrate by etching, the manufacturing process such as application and removal of the resist is complicated, and the manufacturing cost is also high.
特表2011-510518号公報Special table 2011-510518 gazette 特表2010-531385号公報Special table 2010-53385 gazette
 そこで、金属支持基板と配線回路基板とを特許文献1で開示されているような充填層及びエッジボンドを利用して接着し、チップ実装した後に剥離する方法が考えられた。また、金属支持基板と配線回路基板とを特許文献2で開示されているような接合用組成物層を介して接着し、チップ実装した後に剥離する方法が考えられた。 Therefore, there has been considered a method in which the metal supporting board and the printed circuit board are bonded using a filling layer and an edge bond as disclosed in Patent Document 1 and are peeled after chip mounting. Moreover, the metal support board | substrate and the wiring circuit board were adhere | attached through the composition layer for joining which is disclosed by patent document 2, and the method of peeling after chip mounting was considered.
 特許文献1に記載の充填層や特許文献2に記載の接合用組成物層は、溶液状の材料をスピンコート等により一方の基板に塗布して形成されている。しかしながら、接着に必要な厚さ100μm程度の層を塗布により形成すると、一般的に塗布面が荒くなり、所望の接着力が得られない場合があるといった問題がある。また、特に、スピンコートにより塗布する場合、材料の大半は、基板外に飛散するため、材料が無駄になるといった問題がある。また、材料が、接着用の粘度の高いものであるため、飛散した材料によるスピンコーターの汚れを取り除くには、労力を要するといった問題がある。 The filling layer described in Patent Document 1 and the bonding composition layer described in Patent Document 2 are formed by applying a solution-like material to one substrate by spin coating or the like. However, when a layer having a thickness of about 100 μm necessary for adhesion is formed by coating, there is a problem that the coated surface generally becomes rough and a desired adhesion force may not be obtained. In particular, when applying by spin coating, most of the material scatters out of the substrate, causing a problem that the material is wasted. Further, since the material has a high viscosity for bonding, there is a problem that it takes labor to remove the contamination of the spin coater due to the scattered material.
 本願発明者等は、下記の構成を採用することにより、前記の課題を解決できることを見出して本発明を完成させるに至った。 The inventors of the present application have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by adopting the following configuration, and have completed the present invention.
 すなわち、第1の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、少なくとも前記接着シートにおける周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
 前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
That is, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, wherein at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet formed by the agent layer;
Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
 前記構成によれば、接着シートを台座に貼り合わせ、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記接着シートは、シート状であるため、台座に貼り合わせるだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、接着シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記構成によれば、接着シートとして、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、少なくとも前記接着シートにおける周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されている接着シートを用いる。第2の層と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層が周辺部に存在するため、この部分において台座、及び、配線に強固に貼り合わせることができる。また、第1接着剤層のみではなく、第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層を有するため、分離する工程において、第1接着剤層の接着力さえ低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させる方法としては、溶剤により第1接着剤層を溶解させて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させる方法等を挙げることができる。上記構成においては、第1接着剤層が接着シートにおける周辺部に形成されているため、分離する工程において、第1接着剤層を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させ易い。なお、第1の本発明において、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層の接着力、及び、第2の層の接着力とは、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。例えば、台座に貼り付けた後にイミド化や熱硬化等を行なうことにより、第1接着剤層や第2の層の接着力が台座に貼り付ける前後で変化する場合には、台座に貼り付けた後の状態(例えば、イミド化後や熱硬化後)における第1接着剤層や第2の層の、シリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。また、第1の本発明において、ワークとは、回路が形成されていないウエハ、回路が形成されているウエハ、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップ(回路が形成されている個片化されたウエハ)を含む。なかでも、第1の本発明のワークは、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、又は、半導体チップであることが好ましい。なお、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップは、チップ状ワークとも呼ぶ。
According to the said structure, an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal. The semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
Moreover, according to the said structure, as an adhesive sheet, it is an adhesive sheet which has a 1st adhesive bond layer and a 2nd layer with low adhesive force after affixing on a base rather than the said 1st adhesive bond layer, An adhesive sheet in which at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer is used. Since the first adhesive layer having higher adhesive strength than the second layer is present in the peripheral portion, it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer but the 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer, if only the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer falls in the process of isolate | separating, external force Thus, the base and the work with wiring can be easily separated in the vertical direction. As a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesive strength by dissolving the first adhesive layer with a solvent, a physical cutting with a cutter, laser or the like in the first adhesive layer. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating, a method for forming the first adhesive layer from a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating. In the above configuration, since the first adhesive layer is formed in the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, in the separating step, the first adhesive layer is dissolved by a solvent, or physically cut by a cutter, a laser, or the like. It is easy to reduce the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer. In the first aspect of the present invention, the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. It refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below. For example, when the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer or the second layer changes before and after being applied to the pedestal by applying imidization or thermosetting after being applied to the pedestal, the adhesive was applied to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force of the first adhesive layer and the second layer on the silicon wafer in a later state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting). In the first aspect of the present invention, the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers). Especially, it is preferable that the workpiece | work of 1st this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed. In addition, the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
 前記構成において、前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されており、前記台座に貼り合わせる工程は、前記接着シートを、前記第2の層が表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であることが好ましい。前記構成によれば、第1接着剤層のみが表出している面では、接着シート上に形成された配線をより強固に固定することができる。また、前記中央部は、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている。従って、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている中央部は、第1接着剤層のみで形成されている周辺部よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、前記第2の層も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シートを台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。 In the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is formed such that a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the step of bonding to the pedestal includes the step of It is preferable that the adhesive sheet is a step of bonding to the pedestal with the surface on the side where the second layer is exposed as the bonding surface. According to the said structure, the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet can be fixed more firmly in the surface which only the 1st adhesive bond layer has exposed. The central portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Accordingly, the central portion formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer has a relatively lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral part is reduced at least, the pedestal and the work with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force. Further, since the second layer is also in contact with the pedestal, the adhesive sheet is easily peeled off from the pedestal after the separation step. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal.
 前記構成において、前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第2の層により形成されていることも好ましい。前記構成によれば、中央部が前記第2の層により形成されているため、分離する工程において、第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、中央部が前記第2の層により形成されており、第2の層も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シートを台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。 In the above-described configuration, it is also preferable that the adhesive sheet is formed by the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion. According to the said structure, since the center part is formed with the said 2nd layer, if the adhesive force of a 1st adhesive bond layer is reduced in the process of isolate | separating, it will be easily attached with a base and wiring by external force. It is possible to separate the workpiece from the top and bottom. Moreover, since the center part is formed with the said 2nd layer and the 2nd layer is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet from a base after the process to isolate | separate. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal.
 前記構成において、前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されており、前記台座に貼り合わせる工程は、前記接着シートを、前記第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であることが好ましい。前記構成によれば、第1接着剤層のみが表出している面では、台座により強固に固定することができる。前記中央部は、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている。従って、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている中央部は、第1接着剤層のみで形成されている周辺部よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。 In the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is formed such that a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the step of bonding to the pedestal includes the step of It is preferable that the adhesive sheet is a step of bonding to the pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as the bonding surface. According to the said structure, in the surface which only the 1st adhesive bond layer has exposed, it can fix firmly with a base. The central portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Accordingly, the central portion formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer has a relatively lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral part is reduced at least, the pedestal and the work with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force.
 また、第1の本発明に係る接着シートは、前記の課題を解決するために、前記に記載の半導体装置の製造方法に使用されることを特徴とする。 Further, the adhesive sheet according to the first aspect of the present invention is used in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device described above in order to solve the above-described problems.
 また、第2-1の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第2の層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
 前記接着シートを、台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、前記ワーク側から、前記接着シートの前記中央部に達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
A 2-1 semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed of a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed of the second layer;
Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
And a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting from the work side until reaching the center of the adhesive sheet after the mounting.
 前記構成によれば、接着シートを台座に貼り合わせ、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記接着シートは、シート状であるため、台座に貼り合わせるだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、接着シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記接着シートの周辺部が第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、第2の層により形成されているため、配線上にワークを実装した後、前記ワーク側から、前記接着シートの前記中央部に達するまで切り込みを入れると、台座と配線付きのワークとは、第2の層のみを介して対向することとなる。その結果、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。なお、第2の本発明において、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層の接着力、及び、第2の層の接着力とは、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。例えば、台座に貼り付けた後にイミド化や熱硬化等を行なうことにより、第1接着剤層や第2の層の接着力が台座に貼り付ける前後で変化する場合には、台座に貼り付けた後の状態(例えば、イミド化後や熱硬化後)における第1接着剤層や第2の層の、シリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。また、第2の本発明において、ワークとは、回路が形成されていないウエハ、回路が形成されているウエハ、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップ(回路が形成されている個片化されたウエハ)を含む。なかでも、第2の本発明のワークは、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、又は、半導体チップであることが好ましい。なお、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップは、チップ状ワークとも呼ぶ。
According to the said structure, an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal. The semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
In addition, since the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and the central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by the second layer, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring. When the cut is made from the workpiece side until reaching the central portion of the adhesive sheet, the pedestal and the workpiece with wiring face each other only through the second layer. As a result, in the step of separating, the base and the work with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force. In the second aspect of the present invention, the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. This refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below. For example, when the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer or the second layer changes before and after being applied to the pedestal by applying imidization or thermosetting after being applied to the pedestal, the adhesive was applied to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force of the first adhesive layer and the second layer on the silicon wafer in a later state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting). In the second aspect of the present invention, the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers). Especially, it is preferable that the workpiece | work of 2nd this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed. In addition, the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
 また、第2-2の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
 前記接着シートを、前記第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、前記接着シートに、前記ワーク側から、前記中央部の前記第1接着剤層に達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
A 2-2 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device according to the present invention is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on wiring,
An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer;
Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the first adhesive layer at the center after the mounting. It is characterized by.
 前記構成によれば、接着シートを台座に貼り合わせ、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記接着シートは、シート状であるため、台座に貼り合わせるだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、接着シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されているため、配線上にワークを実装した後、前記接着シートに、前記ワーク側から、前記中央部の前記第1接着剤層に達するまで切り込みを入れると、台座と配線付きのワークとは、前記第1接着層と前記第2の層との積層部分のみを介して対向することとなる。このとき、前記第1接着剤層が台座に貼り合わせられており、第2の層が配線付きのワークと接している。その結果、分離する工程において、外力により、前記第2の層と前記配線との界面で容易に剥離することができる。従って、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
According to the said structure, an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal. The semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
Further, a peripheral part of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and a central part inside the peripheral part is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Therefore, after mounting a work on the wiring, when cutting into the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the first adhesive layer in the center, the pedestal and the work with wiring, It will oppose only through the lamination | stacking part of a said 1st contact bonding layer and a said 2nd layer. At this time, the first adhesive layer is bonded to the pedestal, and the second layer is in contact with the work with wiring. As a result, in the separation step, it can be easily peeled off at the interface between the second layer and the wiring by an external force. Therefore, it is possible to easily separate the pedestal and the work with wiring vertically.
 また、第2-3の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
 前記接着シートを、前記第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面とは反対側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、前記接着シートに、前記ワーク側から、前記第2の層に達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
A 2-3 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device according to the present invention is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer;
Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with a surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
A step of separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the workpiece side until reaching the second layer after the mounting.
 前記構成によれば、接着シートを台座に貼り合わせ、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記接着シートは、シート状であるため、台座に貼り合わせるだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、接着シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されているため、配線上にワークを実装した後、前記接着シートに、前記ワーク側から、前記第2の層に達するまで切り込みを入れると、台座と配線付きのワークとは、前記第1接着層と前記第2の層との積層部分のみを介して対向することとなる。従って、分離する工程において、外力により、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との界面、又は、前記第2の層と前記台座との界面で容易に剥離することができる。その後、第1接着剤層を配線から剥離すれる。これにより、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
According to the said structure, an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal. The semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
Further, a peripheral part of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and a central part inside the peripheral part is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Therefore, after mounting the work on the wiring, if the notch is made in the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the second layer, the pedestal and the work with wiring are the first adhesive layer. And the second layer are opposed to each other only through the laminated portion. Therefore, in the step of separating, it can be easily peeled off by an external force at the interface between the first adhesive layer and the second layer or the interface between the second layer and the pedestal. Thereafter, the first adhesive layer is peeled from the wiring. As a result, it is possible to easily separate the pedestal and the work with wiring vertically.
 また、第2の本発明に係る接着シートは、前記の課題を解決するために、前記に記載の半導体装置の製造方法に使用されることを特徴とする。 Further, the adhesive sheet according to the second aspect of the present invention is used in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device described above in order to solve the above-described problems.
 また、第3の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とが積層された接着シートを準備する工程と
 前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
A semiconductor device manufacturing method according to a third aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor device manufacturing method having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
A step of preparing an adhesive sheet in which a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer are laminated; and a step of attaching the adhesive sheet to the base When,
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
 前記構成によれば、接着シートを台座に貼り合わせ、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記接着シートは、シート状であるため、台座に貼り合わせるだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、接着シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記構成によれば、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層とが積層された接着シートを用いる。第1接着剤層が存在するため、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等を台座に固定しておくことができる。また、第1接着剤層のみではなく、第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層を有するため、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。なお、分離する工程においては、第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させてから分離してもよい。第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させる方法としては、溶剤により第1接着剤層を溶解させて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させる方法等を挙げることができる。なお、第3の本発明において、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層の接着力、及び、第2の層の接着力とは、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。例えば、台座に貼り付けた後にイミド化や熱硬化等を行なうことにより、第1接着剤層や第2の層の接着力が台座に貼り付ける前後で変化する場合には、台座に貼り付けた後の状態(例えば、イミド化後や熱硬化後)における第1接着剤層や第2の層の、シリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。また、第3の本発明において、ワークとは、回路が形成されていないウエハ、回路が形成されているウエハ、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップ(回路が形成されている個片化されたウエハ)を含む。なかでも、第3の本発明のワークは、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、又は、半導体チップであることが好ましい。なお、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップは、チップ状ワークとも呼ぶ。
According to the said structure, an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal. The semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
Moreover, according to the said structure, the adhesive sheet on which the 1st adhesive bond layer and the 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than the said 1st adhesive bond layer was laminated | stacked is used. Since the first adhesive layer is present, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring, the process of mounting the workpiece, or the like. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive layer but the 2nd layer whose adhesive strength is lower than the 1st adhesive layer, in the process of separating, the base and the work with wiring can be easily moved up and down by external force. It becomes possible to separate. In the separation step, the first adhesive layer may be separated after reducing the adhesive force. As a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesive strength by dissolving the first adhesive layer with a solvent, a physical cutting with a cutter, laser or the like in the first adhesive layer. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating, a method for forming the first adhesive layer from a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating. In the third aspect of the present invention, the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. This refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below. For example, when the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer or the second layer changes before and after being applied to the pedestal by applying imidization or thermosetting after being applied to the pedestal, the adhesive was applied to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force of the first adhesive layer and the second layer on the silicon wafer in a later state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting). In the third aspect of the present invention, the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers). Especially, it is preferable that the workpiece | work of 3rd this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed. In addition, the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
 前記構成において、前記貼り合わせる工程は、前記接着シートの前記第2の層を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であることが好ましい。前記貼り合わせる工程が、前記接着シートの前記第2の層を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であると、第1接着剤剤層上に配線が形成されることになる。従って、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等をより強固に台座に固定しておくことができる。 In the above configuration, the step of bonding is preferably a step of bonding to the pedestal using the second layer of the adhesive sheet as a bonding surface. If the bonding step is a step of bonding the second layer of the adhesive sheet to the pedestal using the bonding layer as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive agent layer. Therefore, the wiring or the like can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece.
 前記構成において、前記貼り合わせる工程は、前記接着シートの前記第1接着剤層を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であることも好ましい。前記貼り合わせる工程が、前記接着シートの前記第1接着剤層を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であると、台座に第1接着剤剤層が強固に貼り付くことになる。従って、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等をより強固に台座に固定しておくことができる。 In the above configuration, it is also preferable that the step of bonding is a step of bonding the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the pedestal as a bonding surface. If the bonding step is a step of bonding the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the pedestal using the bonding surface as a bonding surface, the first adhesive agent layer is firmly bonded to the pedestal. Therefore, the wiring or the like can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece.
 また、第3の本発明に係る接着シートは、前記の課題を解決するために、前記に記載の半導体装置の製造方法に使用されることを特徴とする。 Also, the adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the present invention is used in the semiconductor device manufacturing method described above in order to solve the above-mentioned problems.
 また、第4の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 仮止め用シートを台座上に配置するとともに、前記仮止め用シートと台座端部の傾斜部分との間に前記仮止めシートよりも接着力の高い接着剤層を形成して、前記仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程と、
 前記台座に固定された前記仮止め用シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、前記接着剤層を前記仮止め用シートから分離することにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
A semiconductor device manufacturing method according to a fourth aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
The temporary fixing sheet is disposed on the pedestal, and an adhesive layer having higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined portion of the pedestal end, and the temporary fixing sheet Fixing the seat to the pedestal;
Forming wiring on the temporary fixing sheet fixed to the pedestal;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
And separating the work piece with wiring from the pedestal by separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet after the mounting.
 前記構成によれば、仮止め用シートを台座に固定し、前記台座に固定後の前記仮止め用シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記仮止め用シートは、シート状であるため、台座に固定するだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の仮止め用シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、仮止め用シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の仮止め用シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記構成によれば、仮止め用シートを台座上に配置するとともに、前記仮止め用シートと台座端部の傾斜部分との間に前記仮止めシートよりも接着力の高い接着剤層を形成して、前記仮止め用シートを台座に固定する。仮止め用シートの台座への固定は、主に台座端部の傾斜部分に形成された接着剤層により行なわれているため、分離する工程において、前記接着剤層を前記仮止め用シートから分離すれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。接着剤層を仮止め用シートから分離する方法としては、溶剤により前記接着剤層を溶解させて接着剤層を仮止め用シートから分離する方法、前記仮止め用シートに、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着剤層を仮止め用シートから分離する方法、前記接着剤層を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させ、前記接着剤層を仮止め用シートから分離する方法等を挙げることができる。上記構成においては、前記接着剤層が台座端部の傾斜部分に形成されているため、分離する工程において、前記接着剤層を溶剤により溶解させたり、前記仮止め用シートをカッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、前記接着剤層の接着力を低下させ易い。なお、第4の本発明において、接着剤層の接着力、及び、仮止め用シートの接着力とは、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。例えば、台座に貼り付けた後にイミド化や熱硬化等を行なうことにより、仮止め用シートや接着剤層の接着力が台座に貼り付ける前後で変化する場合には、台座に貼り付けた後の状態(例えば、イミド化後や熱硬化後)における仮止め用シートや接着剤層の、シリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。また、第4の本発明において、ワークとは、回路が形成されていないウエハ、回路が形成されているウエハ、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップ(回路が形成されている個片化されたウエハ)を含む。なかでも、第4の本発明のワークは、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、又は、半導体チップであることが好ましい。なお、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップは、チップ状ワークとも呼ぶ。
According to the above configuration, the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the pedestal, and the wiring is formed on the temporary fixing sheet after being fixed to the pedestal. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the temporary fixing sheet has a sheet shape, it can be used simply by fixing it to the pedestal. Further, since a sheet-like temporary fixing sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the temporary fixing sheet is prepared separately, it is possible to prepare a sheet with a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, after a work is mounted on the wiring formed on the pedestal, when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the work with wiring from the pedestal, the sheet-like temporary fixing sheet is attached. Therefore, the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
Moreover, according to the said structure, while arrange | positioning the sheet | seat for temporary fixing on a base, the adhesive bond layer whose adhesive force is higher than the said temporary fixing sheet between the said sheet | seat for temporary fixing, and the inclined part of a base end part. Then, the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the pedestal. Since the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the pedestal mainly by the adhesive layer formed on the inclined portion of the pedestal end, the adhesive layer is separated from the temporary fixing sheet in the separating step. Then, it becomes possible to easily separate the pedestal and the work with the wiring up and down by an external force. As a method of separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet, a method of separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet by dissolving the adhesive layer with a solvent, and using a cutter or a laser on the temporary fixing sheet A method of physically cutting and separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet; forming the adhesive layer with a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating; reducing the adhesive strength by heating; Examples thereof include a method of separating the layer from the temporary fixing sheet. In the above configuration, since the adhesive layer is formed on the inclined portion of the pedestal end, in the separating step, the adhesive layer is dissolved by a solvent, or the temporary fixing sheet is removed by a cutter, a laser, or the like. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the adhesive layer by physically making a cut. In the fourth aspect of the present invention, the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing sheet are 90 ° peel to a silicon wafer under conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. Refers to peeling force. For example, if the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing sheet or adhesive layer changes before and after being applied to the pedestal by applying imidization or thermosetting after being applied to the pedestal, The 90 ° peel release force of the temporary fixing sheet or adhesive layer in a state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting) to the silicon wafer. In the fourth aspect of the present invention, the work refers to a wafer on which no circuit is formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which no circuit is formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers). Especially, it is preferable that the workpiece | work of 4th this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed. In addition, the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
 前記構成において、前記分離する工程は、前記実装の後、前記仮止め用シートから前記接着剤層が分離するように切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程であることが好ましい。前記仮止め用シートに切り込みを入れればよいため、簡便に配線付きのワークを、台座から分離可能であるからである。 In the above configuration, the separating step is a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by making a cut so that the adhesive layer is separated from the temporary fixing sheet after the mounting. It is preferable. This is because a workpiece with wiring can be easily separated from the pedestal because a cut may be made in the temporary fixing sheet.
 前記構成において、前記分離する工程は、前記実装の後、前記配線に切り込みが入らない態様で、前記切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程であることが好ましい。前記配線に切り込みが入らない態様で、前記切り込みを入れると、平面視で、台座の面積とほぼ同じ面積で、デバイス(配線付きのワーク)を得ることが可能となる。 In the above-described configuration, it is preferable that the separating step is a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the wiring in a manner in which the wiring is not cut after the mounting. If the cut is made in a manner in which no cut is made in the wiring, it is possible to obtain a device (a work with wiring) in an area substantially the same as the area of the pedestal in plan view.
 また、第5の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする第2の層とを有し、台座に貼り付けた後の前記第2の層の接着力が、前記第1接着剤層の接着力より低い接着シートを準備する工程と
 前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
を含むことを特徴とする。
A semiconductor device manufacturing method according to a fifth aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring.
Adhesion of the second adhesive layer having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a structure having a large number of through-holes and / or a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton, and pasted on a pedestal A step of preparing an adhesive sheet whose force is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer; and a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
Separating the work with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
 前記構成によれば、接着シートを台座に貼り合わせ、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する。その後、前記配線にワークを実装し、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する。前記接着シートは、シート状であるため、台座に貼り合わせるだけで簡便に使用することができる。また、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、スピンコートのように材料を無駄にすることが少ない。また、接着シートは、別途準備するため、シート面が均一なものを準備することが可能となる。このように、前記構成によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを前記台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、シート状の接着シートを用いるため、材料を無駄にすることなく簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。
 また、前記構成によれば、第2の層は、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする層であり、例えば、金網などのメッシュ、不織布などにより形成できる。このため、接着シートの製造にあたり接着材料として第1接着剤層の接着剤組成物を用意すればよく、特許文献1のように充填層とエッジボンドの2種類の接着剤を用意する必要がない。
 また、前記構成によれば、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層とを有する接着シートを用いる。第1接着剤層が存在するため、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等を台座に固定しておくことができる。また、第1接着剤層のみではなく、第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層を有するため、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。なお、分離する工程においては、第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させてから分離してもよい。第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させる方法としては、溶剤により第1接着剤層を溶解させて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させる方法等を挙げることができる。なお、第5の本発明において、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層の接着力、及び、第2の層の接着力とは、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。例えば、台座に貼り付けた後にイミド化や熱硬化等を行なうことにより、第1接着剤層や第2の層の接着力が台座に貼り付ける前後で変化する場合には、台座に貼り付けた後の状態(例えば、イミド化後や熱硬化後)における第1接着剤層や第2の層の、シリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力をいう。また、第5の本発明において、ワークとは、回路が形成されていないウエハ、回路が形成されているウエハ、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップ(回路が形成されている個片化されたウエハ)を含む。なかでも、第5の本発明のワークは、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、又は、半導体チップであることが好ましい。なお、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハ、及び、半導体チップは、チップ状ワークとも呼ぶ。
According to the said structure, an adhesive sheet is bonded together to a base, and wiring is formed on the said adhesive sheet after bonding to the said base. Thereafter, a work is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal. Since the said adhesive sheet is a sheet form, it can be simply used only by bonding together to a base. In addition, since a sheet-like adhesive sheet is used, the material is not wasted like spin coating. Further, since the adhesive sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform sheet surface. As described above, according to the above configuration, the sheet-like adhesive sheet is used when the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the pedestal. The semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting materials.
Moreover, according to the said structure, a 2nd layer is a layer which has as a frame | skeleton the structure which has many through-holes, and / or a nonwoven fabric-like structure, for example, can be formed with meshes, such as a wire net, a nonwoven fabric, etc. . For this reason, what is necessary is just to prepare the adhesive composition of a 1st adhesive bond layer as an adhesive material in manufacture of an adhesive sheet, and it is not necessary to prepare two types of adhesives, a filling layer and an edge bond like patent document 1. .
Moreover, according to the said structure, the adhesive sheet which has a 1st adhesive bond layer and a 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than the said 1st adhesive bond layer is used. Since the first adhesive layer is present, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring, the process of mounting the workpiece, or the like. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive layer but the 2nd layer whose adhesive strength is lower than the 1st adhesive layer, in the process of separating, the base and the work with wiring can be easily moved up and down by external force. It becomes possible to separate. In the separation step, the first adhesive layer may be separated after reducing the adhesive force. As a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesive strength by dissolving the first adhesive layer with a solvent, a physical cutting with a cutter, laser or the like in the first adhesive layer. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating, a method for forming the first adhesive layer from a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and a method for reducing the adhesive strength by heating. In the fifth aspect of the present invention, the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to the pedestal are the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. This refers to the 90 ° peel peel force for the silicon wafer below. For example, when the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer or the second layer changes before and after being applied to the pedestal by applying imidization or thermosetting after being applied to the pedestal, the adhesive was applied to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force of the first adhesive layer and the second layer on the silicon wafer in a later state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting). In the fifth aspect of the present invention, the work refers to a wafer on which a circuit is not formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, an individual wafer on which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor chip (a circuit is formed). Separated wafers). Especially, it is preferable that the workpiece | work of 5th this invention is the wafer or semiconductor chip separated into pieces in which the circuit is not formed. In addition, the wafer and the semiconductor chip which are separated into pieces with no circuit formed are also called chip-shaped workpieces.
 前記構成において、前記貫通孔及び前記不織布状の構造体の多孔が接着剤組成物により充填されていることが好ましい。この場合、貫通孔を有する構造体の開口率や不織布状の構造体の密度などによって、接着剤組成物が配線や台座と接触する面積をコントロールでき、低接着力の第2の層を容易に形成できる。 In the above-described configuration, it is preferable that the through holes and the porous structure of the nonwoven fabric are filled with an adhesive composition. In this case, the area where the adhesive composition comes into contact with the wiring or the pedestal can be controlled by the opening ratio of the structure having a through-hole or the density of the non-woven structure, and the second layer with low adhesive force can be easily formed. Can be formed.
 前記構成において、前記接着シートは、少なくとも周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されていることが好ましい。前記接着シートの周辺部が第1接着剤層により形成されているため、この部分において良好に固定できる。 In the above configuration, it is preferable that at least a peripheral part of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer. Since the peripheral part of the said adhesive sheet is formed of the 1st adhesive bond layer, it can fix favorably in this part.
 前記構成において、前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されていることが好ましい。前記構成によれば、第1接着剤層のみからなる面で、配線や台座を強固に固定できる。第1接着剤層及び第2の層を有する面で、配線や台座を良好に固定できる。また、前記接着シートは、第1接着剤層が周辺部に形成されているため、第1接着剤層を切断したり、第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させたりし易く、分離を容易に行うことができる。 In the above-described configuration, it is preferable that the adhesive sheet is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion. According to the said structure, a wiring and a base can be firmly fixed in the surface which consists only of a 1st adhesive bond layer. Wiring and a pedestal can be satisfactorily fixed on the surface having the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Further, since the first adhesive layer is formed in the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer or to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer, and to be easily separated. Can be done.
 前記構成において、前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第2の層により形成されていることも好ましい。前記構成によれば、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を有する面で、配線や台座を良好に固定できる。また、前記接着シートは、第1接着剤層が周辺部に形成されているため、第1接着剤層を切断したり、第1接着剤層の接着力を低下させたりし易く、分離を容易に行うことができる。 In the above-described configuration, it is also preferable that the adhesive sheet is formed by the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion. According to the said structure, a wiring and a base can be favorably fixed in the surface which has a 1st adhesive bond layer and a 2nd layer. Further, since the first adhesive layer is formed in the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer or to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer, and to be easily separated. Can be done.
 また、第5の本発明に係る接着シートは、前記の課題を解決するために、前記に記載の半導体装置の製造方法に使用されることを特徴とする。 Further, the adhesive sheet according to the fifth aspect of the present invention is used in the semiconductor device manufacturing method described above in order to solve the above-described problems.
 本発明によれば、台座上に形成された配線にワークを実装した後、配線付きのワークを台座から分離して半導体装置を製造する際、簡便に当該半導体装置を製造することができる。 According to the present invention, when a work is mounted on the wiring formed on the pedestal and then the work with wiring is separated from the pedestal to manufacture the semiconductor device, the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured.
第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の他の実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on other embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の他の実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on other embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 1st this invention. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating in detail an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device shown in FIG. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device based on one Embodiment of the 2nd this invention. 第2-2の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-2 of the present invention. 第2-2の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 2-2 of this invention. 第2-3の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on one Embodiment of 2-3 of this invention. 第2-3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on 2nd-3 one Embodiment of this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の他の実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on other embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 3rd this invention. 他の実施形態に係る接着シートに、配線層が形成され、且つ、半導体チップが実装された様子を示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows a mode that the wiring layer was formed in the adhesive sheet which concerns on other embodiment, and the semiconductor chip was mounted. 他の実施形態に係る接着シートに、配線層が形成され、且つ、半導体チップが実装された様子を示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows a mode that the wiring layer was formed in the adhesive sheet which concerns on other embodiment, and the semiconductor chip was mounted. (a)及び(b)は、第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。(A) And (b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 4th this invention. 他の実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on other embodiment. 第5の本発明の第1実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on 1st Embodiment of 5th this invention. 図48に示した接着シートの平面図である。It is a top view of the adhesive sheet shown in FIG. 多数の貫通孔を有する構造体の一例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows an example of the structure which has many through-holes. 第5の本発明の第2実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of 5th this invention. 図51に示した接着シートの平面図である。It is a top view of the adhesive sheet shown in FIG. 第5の本発明の第3実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows the adhesive sheet which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of 5th this invention. 第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 5th this invention. 第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 5th this invention. 第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 5th this invention. 第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 5th this invention. 第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 5th this invention. 第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram for demonstrating the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which concerns on one Embodiment of 5th this invention.
 <第1の本発明>
 第1の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、少なくとも前記接着シートにおける周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。
<First Invention>
A manufacturing method of a semiconductor device according to a first aspect of the present invention is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, and is more pedestal than the first adhesive layer and the first adhesive layer. A step of preparing an adhesive sheet having a second layer having a low adhesive force after being attached, wherein at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer; A step of bonding an adhesive sheet to a pedestal, a step of forming wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal, a step of mounting a work on the wiring, and a work with wiring after the mounting And at least a step of separating from the pedestal.
 以下、第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。尚、第1の本発明で用いている「上面」、「下面」など、上下を示す語句は、あくまで層の位置関係を説明するためのものであって、接着シートや半導体装置の実際の上下の姿勢を限定するものではない。なお、以下の実施形態では、第1の本発明のワークが、半導体チップである場合について説明するが、この例に限定されず、回路が形成されていないウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されているウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハであってもよい。 Hereinafter, each process according to an embodiment of the first invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface” and the like used in the first aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are actually upper and lower of an adhesive sheet or a semiconductor device. It does not limit the attitude. In the following embodiment, the case where the work of the first invention is a semiconductor chip will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
 [接着シートを準備する工程]
 まず、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、少なくとも前記接着シートにおける周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されている接着シートを準備する。
[Process for preparing adhesive sheet]
First, an adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having lower adhesive strength than the first adhesive layer, wherein at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer. Prepare the adhesive sheet.
 ここで、本実施形態に係る接着シートについて説明する。図1は、第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図1に示すように、接着シート5は、周辺部54が第1接着剤層50により形成されるとともに、周辺部54よりも内側の中央部53が、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている。すなわち、接着シート5は、第2の層51と、第2の層51上に第2の層51の上面及び側面を覆う態様で積層された第1接着剤層50とを有する。第2の層51の接着力は、第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低い。なお、接着シート5は、台座に貼り合わせる工程において第2の層51が表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられる。 Here, the adhesive sheet according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the first invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the adhesive sheet 5 has a peripheral portion 54 formed of a first adhesive layer 50, and a central portion 53 inside the peripheral portion 54 has a first adhesive layer 50 and a second adhesive layer 50. It is formed by stacking with the layer 51. That is, the adhesive sheet 5 includes a second layer 51 and a first adhesive layer 50 that is laminated on the second layer 51 in such a manner as to cover the upper surface and side surfaces of the second layer 51. The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. The adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal with the surface on the side where the second layer 51 is exposed as the bonding surface in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
 接着シート5では、第2の層51と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層50が周辺部に存在するため、この部分において台座、及び、配線に強固に貼り合わせることができる。また、第1接着剤層50のみではなく、第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層を有するため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、接着シート5では、第1接着剤層50のみが表出している面では、接着シート50上に形成される配線をより強固に固定することができる。また、中央部53は、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている。従って、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている中央部53は、第1接着剤層50のみで形成されている周辺部54よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部54の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、第2の層51も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シート5を台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。また、第1接着剤層50が接着シート5における周辺部54に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層50を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させ易い。
In the adhesive sheet 5, the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive strength than that of the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion, so that it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 but the 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than a 1st adhesive bond layer, in the process of isolate | separating later, the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is reduced. Then, it becomes possible to easily separate the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with the wiring up and down by an external force.
Further, in the adhesive sheet 5, the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed on the surface where only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed. The central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by an external force. Moreover, since the 2nd layer 51 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 5 from a base after the process to isolate | separate. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation | separation mentioned later, the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is melt | dissolved with a solvent, or it is physically by a cutter, a laser, etc. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 by making a cut in the.
 本実施形態において、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層51の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層51の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層51の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、容易に台座から第2の層51を剥離することができる。一方、第2の層51の前記接着力は低いほど台座からの剥離が行いやすい。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層50の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層51の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層50の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層50の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート5とをより強固に固定することができる。
In the present embodiment, the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the conditions of ± 2 ° C. and peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive force of the second layer 51, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.
 接着シート5の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート5の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、多層構造を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート5の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート5の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 μm or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 5 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 第1接着剤層50の中央部53における厚さは、0.01~99μmであることが好ましく、0.05~10μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness at the central portion 53 of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 μm.
 第2の層51の厚さ(中央部53での厚さ)は、0.09~99.9μmであることが好ましく、0.05~15μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer 51 (thickness at the central portion 53) is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 μm.
 第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的に弾性率が低いため、当該層の形成時に表面にうねりが生じやすい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を薄くし、第2の層を厚くすることが好ましい。一方、第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的にガラス転移温度が高いため、当該層の形成時に収縮が大きい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を厚くし、第2の層を薄くすることが好ましい。従って、第1の本発明において、第1接着剤層の厚さ、及び、第2の層の厚さは、層形成時の表面のうねり、及び、層形成時の収縮量の双方を考慮して、上記数値範囲内で選択することが好ましい。 Since the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the first aspect of the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer take into consideration both the surface waviness during layer formation and the shrinkage during layer formation. Therefore, it is preferable to select within the above numerical range.
 第1の本発明に係る接着シートは、図1に示すような接着シート5に限定されず、図2、図3に示すような接着シートであってもよい。図2は、第1の本発明の他の実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図2に示すように、接着シート6は、周辺部64が第1接着剤層60により形成されるとともに、周辺部64よりも内側の中央部63が、第2の層61により形成されている。第2の層61の接着力は、第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低い。 The adhesive sheet according to the first aspect of the present invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 1, and may be an adhesive sheet as shown in FIGS. FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment of the first invention. As shown in FIG. 2, in the adhesive sheet 6, the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61. . The adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60.
 接着シート6では、中央部63が第2の層61により形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、周辺部64にある第1接着剤層60の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、中央部63が第2の層61により形成されており、第2の層61も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シート6を台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。また、第1接着剤層60が接着シート6における周辺部64に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層60を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層60の接着力を低下させ易い。
In the adhesive sheet 6, since the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64 is reduced in the separation step described later, the external force causes Thus, it is possible to easily separate the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring vertically.
Moreover, since the center part 63 is formed of the 2nd layer 61 and the 2nd layer 61 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 6 from a base after the process to isolate | separate. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal. In addition, since the first adhesive layer 60 is formed in the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6, the first adhesive layer 60 is dissolved by a solvent or physically used by a cutter, a laser, or the like in the separation step described later. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 by making a notch in.
 台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層61の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層61の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層61の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、容易に台座から第2の層61を剥離することができる。一方、第2の層61の前記接着力は低いほど台座からの剥離が行いやすい。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層60の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層61の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層60の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層60の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート6とをより強固に固定することができる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive strength of the second layer 61, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.
 接着シート6の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート6の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、当該接着シート6を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート6の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート6の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 μm or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 μm or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 6 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 図3は、第1の本発明の他の実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図3に示すように、接着シート7は、周辺部74が第1接着剤層70により形成されるとともに、周辺部74よりも内側の中央部73が、第1接着剤層70と第2の層71との積層により形成されている。すなわち、接着シート7は、第2の層71と、第2の層71上に第2の層71の上面(図3では下面)及び側面を覆う態様で積層された第1接着剤層70とを有する。第2の層71の接着力は、第1接着剤層70の接着力よりも低い。なお、接着シート7は、台座に貼り合わせる工程において第2の層71が表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられる。 FIG. 3 is a schematic sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment of the first invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the adhesive sheet 7 has a peripheral portion 74 formed by the first adhesive layer 70, and a central portion 73 inside the peripheral portion 74 has the first adhesive layer 70 and the second adhesive layer 70. It is formed by stacking with the layer 71. That is, the adhesive sheet 7 includes a second layer 71, a first adhesive layer 70 laminated on the second layer 71 in a manner covering the upper surface (lower surface in FIG. 3) and side surfaces of the second layer 71, and Have The adhesive force of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70. In addition, the adhesive sheet 7 is bonded to the pedestal using the surface on the side where the second layer 71 is exposed in the step of bonding to the pedestal as a bonding surface.
 接着シート7では、第1接着剤層70のみが表出している面では、台座により強固に固定することができる。また、中央部73は、第1接着剤層70と第2の層71との積層により形成されている。従って、第1接着剤層70と第2の層71との積層により形成されている中央部73は、第1接着剤層70のみで形成されている周辺部74よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部74の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、第1接着剤層70が接着シート7における周辺部74に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層70を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層70の接着力を低下させ易い。 In the adhesive sheet 7, the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 70 is exposed can be firmly fixed by the pedestal. The central portion 73 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. Therefore, the central portion 73 formed by the lamination of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 is relatively more adhesive than the peripheral portion 74 formed only by the first adhesive layer 70. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 74 is reduced at least, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by an external force. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is formed in the peripheral part 74 in the adhesive sheet 7, in the process of isolate | separating which is mentioned later, the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is melt | dissolved with a solvent, or it is physically by a cutter, a laser, etc. It is easy to reduce the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer 70 by making a notch in.
 台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層71の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層70の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層71の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層71の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、分離する工程において、容易に第2の層から配線付きの半導体チップを剥離することができる。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層70の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層71の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層70の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層70の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート7とをより強固に固定することができる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily peeled from the second layer in the separation step.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed.
 接着シート7の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート7の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、多層構造を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート7の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート7の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 100 μm or less, the thickness variation of the adhesive sheet 7 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 第1接着剤層70の中央部73における厚さは、0.01~99μmであることが好ましく、0.05~10μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness at the central portion 73 of the first adhesive layer 70 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 μm.
 第2の層71の厚さ(中央部73での厚さ)は、0.09~99.9μmであることが好ましく、0.05~15μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer 71 (thickness at the central portion 73) is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 μm.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 以下の説明では、図1に示した接着シート5を用いた場合について説明する。図4~図8は、第1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。接着シート5を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート5を、接着シート5の下面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる(図4参照)。貼り合わせ方法は特に限定されないが、圧着による方法が好ましい。圧着は、通常、圧着ロール等の押圧手段により押圧しながら行われる。圧着の条件としては、20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/secが好ましい。上述したように、接着シート5は、第2の層51と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層50が下面に表出しているため、台座1に強固に貼り合わせることができる。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
In the following description, the case where the adhesive sheet 5 shown in FIG. 1 is used will be described. 4 to 8 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention. After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 5, the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 4). The bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable. The crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll. The conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec. As described above, since the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 51 is exposed on the lower surface, the adhesive sheet 5 can be firmly bonded to the base 1.
 [配線を形成する工程]
 次に、接着シート5上に、半導体チップ3の電極31に接続し得る接続用導体部21と配線26とを有する配線層2を、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に露出するように形成する(図5参照)。配線層2は、接着シート5側に、外部と電気的な接続を行なうための外部接続用導体部22を有する。なお、図5では、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に凸状に露出している場合を示しているが、第1の本発明において接続用導体部は、配線層の上面に露出してればよく、接続用導体部の上面が、配線層の上面と面一であってもよい。接着シート5では、第1接着剤層50のみが上面に表出しているため、接着シート50上に形成される配線層をより強固に固定することができる。
[Process for forming wiring]
Next, on the adhesive sheet 5, the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 and the wiring 26 is exposed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. (See FIG. 5). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 5 side. FIG. 5 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. In the first aspect of the present invention, the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer. The upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer. In the adhesive sheet 5, since only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed on the upper surface, the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.
 [半導体チップを実装する工程]
 次に、図6に示すように、配線層2の接続用導体部21と半導体チップ3の電極31とを接続して、配線層2(配線26)に半導体チップ3を実装する。図6では、実装後の接続用導体部21、電極31のそれぞれの突起を省略して示している。なお、図6では、配線層2に複数の半導体チップ3が実装される場合を示しているが、配線層に実装する半導体チップの数は、特に限定されず、1つであってもよい。
[Process for mounting semiconductor chip]
Next, as shown in FIG. 6, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). In FIG. 6, the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted. 6 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
 次に、図7に示すように、必要に応じて、半導体チップ3を覆うように樹脂32による樹脂封止を行なう。樹脂封止に用いる樹脂32は、従来公知のもの等を適宜用いることができ、樹脂封止方法についても、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 7, resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary. As the resin 32 used for resin sealing, a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
 [台座から分離する工程]
 次に、図8に示すように、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。具体的には、接着シート5における台座1とは反対側の面を界面として、台座1を接着シート5とともに剥離する。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。上述したように、接着シート5は、第1接着剤層50のみではなく、第1接着剤層50よりも接着力の低い第2の層51を有するため、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線層付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、中央部53は、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている。従って、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている中央部53は、第1接着剤層50のみで形成されている周辺部54よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部54の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線層付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、第1接着剤層50が接着シート5における周辺部54に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層50を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させ易い。第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させる方法としては、溶剤により第1接着剤層50を溶解させて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層50に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層50を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させる方法等を挙げることができる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
Next, as shown in FIG. 8, the semiconductor chip 3 with the resin-sealed wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1. Specifically, the base 1 is peeled off together with the adhesive sheet 5 with the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 opposite to the base 1 as an interface. When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. As described above, since the adhesive sheet 5 includes not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. If it is reduced, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force.
The central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation | separation mentioned later, the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is melt | dissolved with a solvent, or it is physically by a cutter, a laser, etc. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 by making a cut in the. As a method of reducing the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of lowering the adhesive force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, a physical method such as a cutter or laser is applied to the first adhesive layer 50. Examples thereof include a method of reducing the adhesive force by cutting a slit, a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 with a material whose adhesive force is reduced by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesive force by heating.
 その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図9参照)。なお、台座1を剥離した配線層2に対して、ハンダボールを付与するといった加工を施してもよい。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 9). In addition, you may give the process of providing a solder ball with respect to the wiring layer 2 which peeled the base 1. FIG.
 以上、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明した。以下、図10~図17を参照しながら、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明する。図10~図17は、図9に示した半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明するための断面模式図である。 The outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to this embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of a method for manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 10 to 17 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining in detail an example of a method for manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in FIG.
 〔接着シートを有する台座の準備〕
 まず、台座1を準備する(図10参照)。台座1は、一定以上の強度を有することが好ましい。
[Preparation of pedestal with adhesive sheet]
First, the base 1 is prepared (refer FIG. 10). The pedestal 1 preferably has a certain strength or more.
 台座1としては、特に限定されないが、シリコンウェハ、SiCウェハ、GaAsウェハ等の化合物ウェハ、ガラスウェハ、SUS、6-4Alloy,Ni箔、Al箔等の金属箔等が挙げられる。平面視で、丸い形状を採用する場合は、シリコンウェハ又はガラスウェハが好ましい。また、平面視で矩形の場合は、SUS板、又は、ガラス板が好ましい。 The base 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compound wafers such as silicon wafers, SiC wafers, and GaAs wafers, glass wafers, metal foils such as SUS, 6-4 Alloy, Ni foil, and Al foil. In the case of adopting a round shape in plan view, a silicon wafer or a glass wafer is preferable. Moreover, when it is a rectangle by planar view, a SUS board or a glass plate is preferable.
 また、台座1として、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、ランダム共重合ポリプロピレン、ブロック共重合ポリプロピレン、ホモポリプロレン、ポリブテン、ポリメチルペンテン等のポリオレフィン、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、アイオノマー樹脂、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル(ランダム、交互)共重合体、エチレン-ブテン共重合体、エチレン-ヘキセン共重合体、ポリウレタン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル、ポリカーボネート、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリアミド、全芳香族ポリアミド、ポリフェニルスルフイド、アラミド(紙)、ガラス、ガラスクロス、フッ素樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、セルロース系樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、紙等を用いることもできる。 Moreover, as the base 1, for example, low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, homopolyprolene, polybutene, polymethylpentene, etc. Polyolefin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ionomer resin, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester (random, alternating) copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene -Hexene copolymers, polyesters such as polyurethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyimide, polyetheretherketone, polyimide, polyetherimide, polyamide, wholly aromatic polyamide , Polyphenyl sulphates id, aramid (paper), can be glass, glass cloth, fluorine resin, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, cellulose resin, silicone resin, also possible to use paper or the like.
 台座1は、単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用しても良い。台座の厚みは、特に限定されないが、例えば、通常10μm~20mm程度である。 The pedestal 1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The thickness of the pedestal is not particularly limited, but is usually about 10 μm to 20 mm, for example.
 次に、台座1上に接着シート5を貼り合わせる。接着シート5は、すでに説明した通り、第2の層51と、第2の層51上に第2の層51の上面及び側面を覆う態様で積層された第1接着剤層50とを有する。 Next, the adhesive sheet 5 is pasted on the base 1. The adhesive sheet 5 has the 2nd layer 51 and the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 laminated | stacked on the 2nd layer 51 in the aspect which covers the upper surface and side surface of the 2nd layer 51 as already demonstrated.
 第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては、第1接着剤層50の接着力が、第2の層51の接着力よりも高くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては、イミド基を有し、且つ、少なくとも一部にエーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有するポリイミド樹脂、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸、シリコーン樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂と熱硬化性樹脂を併用したもの等を挙げることができる。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51. Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 include a polyimide resin having a imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, Examples thereof include polyamic acid as a precursor, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂は、一般的に、その前駆体であるポリアミド酸をイミド化(脱水縮合)することにより得ることができる。ポリアミド酸をイミド化する方法としては、例えば、従来公知の加熱イミド化法、共沸脱水法、化学的イミド化法等を採用することができる。なかでも、加熱イミド化法が好ましい。加熱イミド化法を採用する場合、ポリイミド樹脂の酸化による劣化を防止するため、窒素雰囲気下や、真空中等の不活性雰囲気下にて加熱処理を行なうことが好ましい。 The polyimide resin can be generally obtained by imidizing (dehydrating and condensing) a polyamic acid that is a precursor thereof. As a method for imidizing the polyamic acid, for example, a conventionally known heat imidization method, azeotropic dehydration method, chemical imidization method and the like can be employed. Of these, the heating imidization method is preferable. When the heat imidization method is employed, it is preferable to perform heat treatment under a nitrogen atmosphere or an inert atmosphere such as a vacuum in order to prevent deterioration of the polyimide resin due to oxidation.
 前記ポリアミド酸は、適宜選択した溶媒中で、酸無水物とジアミン(エーテル構造を有するジアミンと、エーテル構造を有さないジアミンの両方を含む)とを実質的に等モル比となるように仕込み、反応させて得ることができる。 The polyamic acid is charged in an appropriately selected solvent such that an acid anhydride and a diamine (including both a diamine having an ether structure and a diamine not having an ether structure) have a substantially equimolar ratio. Can be obtained by reaction.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂は、エーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有することが好ましい。前記エーテル構造を有するジアミンは、エーテル構造を有し、且つ、アミン構造を有する端末を少なくとも2つ有する化合物である限り、特に限定されない。前記エーテル構造を有するジアミンのなかでも、グリコール骨格を有するジアミンであることが好ましい。前記ポリイミド樹脂が、エーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位、特に、グリコール骨格を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有している場合、第1接着剤層50を加熱すると、接着力を低下させることができる。この現象について、第1の本発明者らは、加熱されることにより、前記エーテル構造が第1接着剤層50を構成する樹脂から脱離し、この脱離により接着力が低下している推察している。
 なお、前記エーテル構造、又は、前記グリコール骨格が第1接着剤層50を構成する樹脂から脱離していることは、例えば、300℃での加熱を30分する前後におけるFT-IR(fourier transform infrared spectroscopy)スペクトルを比較し、2800~3000cm-1のスペクトルが加熱前後で減少していることにより確認できる。
The polyimide resin preferably has a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure. The diamine having an ether structure is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an ether structure and having at least two terminals having an amine structure. Of the diamines having an ether structure, a diamine having a glycol skeleton is preferable. When the polyimide resin has a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure, particularly a structural unit derived from a diamine having a glycol skeleton, heating the first adhesive layer 50 reduces the adhesive force. be able to. With respect to this phenomenon, the first inventors presume that the ether structure is detached from the resin constituting the first adhesive layer 50 when heated, and the adhesive force is reduced due to the removal. ing.
The ether structure or the glycol skeleton is detached from the resin constituting the first adhesive layer 50. For example, FT-IR (fourier transform infrastructure) before and after heating at 300 ° C. for 30 minutes. Comparison of the spectra), it can be confirmed that the spectrum of 2800 to 3000 cm −1 decreases before and after heating.
 前記グリコール骨格を有するジアミンとしては、例えば、ポリプロピレングリコール構造を有し、且つ、アミノ基を両末端に1つずつ有するジアミン、ポリエチレングリコール構造を有し、且つ、アミノ基を両末端に1つずつ有するジアミン、ポリテトラメチレングリコール構造を有し、且つ、アミノ基を両末端に1つずつ有するジアミン等のアルキレングリコールを有するジアミンを挙げることができる。また、これらのグリコール構造の複数を有し、且つ、アミノ基を両末端に1つずつ有するジアミンを挙げることができる。 Examples of the diamine having a glycol skeleton include a polypropylene glycol structure and a diamine having one amino group at each end, a polyethylene glycol structure, and one amino group at each end. Examples thereof include a diamine having a polytetramethylene glycol structure and a diamine having an alkylene glycol such as a diamine having one amino group at each end. Moreover, the diamine which has two or more of these glycol structures and has one amino group in both the ends can be mentioned.
 前記エーテル構造を有するジアミンの分子量は、100~5000の範囲内であることが好ましく、150~4800であることがより好ましい。前記エーテル構造を有するジアミンの分子量が100~5000の範囲内であると、低温での接着力が高く、且つ、高温において剥離性を奏する第1接着剤層50をえやすい。 The molecular weight of the diamine having an ether structure is preferably within the range of 100 to 5000, and more preferably 150 to 4800. When the molecular weight of the diamine having an ether structure is in the range of 100 to 5000, it is easy to obtain the first adhesive layer 50 having high adhesive strength at low temperature and exhibiting peelability at high temperature.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂の形成には、エーテル構造を有するジアミン以外に、エーテル構造を有さないジアミンを併用することもできる。エーテル構造を有さないジアミンとしては、脂肪族ジアミンや芳香族ジアミンを挙げることができる。エーテル構造を有さないジアミンを併用することにより、被着体との密着力をコントロールすることができる。エーテル構造を有するジアミンと、エーテル構造を有さないジアミンとの配合割合は、モル比で、100:0~10:90の範囲内にあることが好ましく、より好ましくは、100:0~20:80であり、さらに好ましくは、99:1~30:70である。前記エーテル構造を有するジアミンと前記エーテル構造を有さないジアミンとの配合割合が、モル比で、100:0~10:90の範囲内にあると、高温での熱剥離性により優れる。 For forming the polyimide resin, a diamine having no ether structure can be used in combination with a diamine having an ether structure. Examples of the diamine having no ether structure include aliphatic diamines and aromatic diamines. By using a diamine having no ether structure in combination, the adhesion with the adherend can be controlled. The mixing ratio of the diamine having an ether structure and the diamine having no ether structure is preferably in the range of 100: 0 to 10:90, more preferably 100: 0 to 20: 80, more preferably 99: 1 to 30:70. When the mixing ratio of the diamine having an ether structure and the diamine having no ether structure is in the range of 100: 0 to 10:90 in terms of molar ratio, the thermal peelability at high temperature is excellent.
 前記脂肪族ジアミンとしては、例えば、エチレンジアミン、ヘキサメチレンジアミン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,12-ジアミノドデカン、4,9-ジオキサ-1,12-ジアミノドデカン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン(α、ω-ビスアミノプロピルテトラメチルジシロキサン)などが挙げられる。前記脂肪族ジアミンの分子量は、通常、50~1,000,000であり、好ましくは100~30,000である。 Examples of the aliphatic diamine include ethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1,12-diaminododecane, 4,9-dioxa-1,12-diaminododecane, , 3-bis (3-aminopropyl) -1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane (α, ω-bisaminopropyltetramethyldisiloxane) and the like. The molecular weight of the aliphatic diamine is usually 50 to 1,000,000, preferably 100 to 30,000.
 芳香族ジアミンとしては、例えば、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、m-フェニレンジアミン、p-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルプロパン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)-2,2-ジメチルプロパン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン等が挙げられる。前記芳香族ジアミンの分子量は、通常、50~1000であり、好ましくは100~500である。前記脂肪族ジアミンの分子量、及び、前記芳香族ジアミンの分子量は、GPC(ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー)により測定し、ポリスチレン換算により算出された値(重量平均分子量)をいう。 Examples of the aromatic diamine include 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, and 4,4′-diaminodiphenylpropane. 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) -2,2- Dimethylpropane, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, etc. It is. The molecular weight of the aromatic diamine is usually 50 to 1000, preferably 100 to 500. The molecular weight of the aliphatic diamine and the molecular weight of the aromatic diamine are values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) and calculated in terms of polystyrene (weight average molecular weight).
 前記酸無水物としては、例えば、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物(6FDA)、ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン二無水物、ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン二無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物、エチレングリコールビストリメリット酸二無水物等が挙げられる。これらは、単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the acid anhydride include 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2, 3-Dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride (6FDA), bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride Bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride, bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone Anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol bis trimellitic dianhydride and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 前記酸無水物と前記ジアミンを反応させる際の溶媒としては、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、シクロペンタノン等を挙げることができる。これらは、単独で使用してもよく、複数を混合して用いてもよい。また、原材料や樹脂の溶解性を調整するために、トルエンや、キシレン等の非極性の溶媒を適宜、混合して用いてもよい。 Examples of the solvent for reacting the acid anhydride with the diamine include N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, and cyclopentanone. These may be used alone or in combination. Further, in order to adjust the solubility of raw materials and resins, a nonpolar solvent such as toluene or xylene may be appropriately mixed and used.
 前記シリコーン樹脂としては、例えば、過酸化物架橋型シリコーン系粘着剤、付加反応型シリコーン系粘着剤、脱水素反応型シリコーン系粘着剤、湿気硬化型シリコーン系粘着剤等が挙げられる。前記シリコーン樹脂は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。前記シリコーン樹脂を用いると、耐熱性が高くなり、高温下における貯蔵弾性率や粘着力が適切な値となり得る。前記シリコーン樹脂の中でも、不純物が少ない点で、付加反応型シリコーン系粘着剤が好ましい。 Examples of the silicone resin include peroxide cross-linked silicone pressure sensitive adhesive, addition reaction type silicone pressure sensitive adhesive, dehydrogenation reaction type silicone pressure sensitive adhesive, and moisture curable type silicone pressure sensitive adhesive. The said silicone resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the silicone resin is used, the heat resistance becomes high, and the storage elastic modulus and adhesive strength at high temperatures can be appropriate values. Among the silicone resins, addition reaction type silicone pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferable in terms of few impurities.
 第1接着剤層50に前記シリコーン樹脂を用いる場合、第1接着剤層50には、必要に応じて、他の添加剤を含有し得る。このような他の添加剤としては、例えば、難燃剤、シランカップリング剤、イオントラップ剤などが挙げられる。難燃剤としては、例えば、三酸化アンチモン、五酸化アンチモン、臭素化エポキシ樹脂などが挙げられる。シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、β-(3、4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシランなどが挙げられる。イオントラップ剤としては、例えば、ハイドロタルサイト類、水酸化ビスマスなどが挙げられる。このような他の添加剤は、1種のみであっても良いし、2種以上であっても良い。 When the silicone resin is used for the first adhesive layer 50, the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives as necessary. Examples of such other additives include flame retardants, silane coupling agents, and ion trapping agents. Examples of the flame retardant include antimony trioxide, antimony pentoxide, and brominated epoxy resin. Examples of the silane coupling agent include β- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and the like. Examples of the ion trapping agent include hydrotalcites and bismuth hydroxide. Such other additives may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
 第2の層51を構成する組成物としては、第2の層51の接着力が、第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような第2の層51を構成する材料としては、Cu,Cr,Ni,Ti等の無機材料を挙げることができる。 The composition constituting the second layer 51 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. Examples of the material constituting the second layer 51 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
 また、第2の層51を構成する組成物としては、前記第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物として説明した前記ポリイミド樹脂を用いてもよく、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸を用いてもよく、前記シリコーン樹脂を用いてもよく、前記熱可塑性樹脂と前記熱硬化性樹脂とを併用したものを用いてもよい。 Further, as the composition constituting the second layer 51, the polyimide resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may be used, and the polyamide which is a precursor of the polyimide resin An acid may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
 (接着シートの製造)
 接着シート5は、例えば、次の通りにして作製される。まず、第2の層51を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。次に、前記溶液を基材上に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成した後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる等して、第2の層51とする。前記基材としては、SUS304、6-4アロイ、アルミ箔、銅箔、Ni箔などの金属箔や、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレンや、フッ素系剥離剤、長鎖アルキルアクリレート系剥離剤等の剥離剤により表面コートされたプラスチックフィルムや紙等が使用可能である。また、塗布方法としては特に限定されず、例えば、ロール塗工、スクリーン塗工、グラビア塗工、スピンコート塗工等が挙げられる。
(Manufacture of adhesive sheets)
The adhesive sheet 5 is produced as follows, for example. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the second layer 51 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied to a base material so as to have a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the second layer 51. Examples of the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent. A plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned.
 次に、第2の層51側から打ち抜き加工等により、所定の形状(例えば、円形、矩形等)に打ち抜き、打ち抜いた部分(円形状、矩形状等の第2の層51)を残して、外側を剥離して取り除く。 Next, by punching or the like from the second layer 51 side, it is punched into a predetermined shape (for example, circular, rectangular, etc.), leaving a punched portion (second layer 51 of circular shape, rectangular shape, etc.) Remove the outside.
 一方、第1接着剤層50を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。 Meanwhile, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.
 次に、所定の形状に打ち抜かれた第2の層51が積層されている前記基材の上に、前記の第1接着剤層50を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を第2の層51の側に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成する。その後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる等して、第1接着剤層50とする。以上より、図1に示されるような接着シート5が得られる。なお、図2に示されるような接着シート6、及び、図3に示されるような接着シート7も同様の方法により作成することができる。 Next, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the substrate on which the second layer 51 punched into a predetermined shape is laminated. A coating film is formed by applying to the side 51 so as to have a predetermined thickness. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. From the above, an adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 1 is obtained. In addition, the adhesive sheet 6 as shown in FIG. 2 and the adhesive sheet 7 as shown in FIG. 3 can be produced by the same method.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 接着シート5を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート5を、接着シート5の下面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる(図10参照)。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 5, the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 10).
 〔配線層の形成〕
 次に、台座1の接着シート5上に配線層2を形成する。接着シートを有する台座上に配線層を形成する方法には、セミアディティブ法や、サブトラクティブ法など、従来公知の回路基板やインターポーザの製造技術を適用してもよい。台座上に配線層を形成することにより、製造工程中、寸法安定性が良好となり、また、薄い配線層の取り扱い性が良好となる。以下、配線層の形成方法の一例を示す。なお、図11~図17では、1の半導体チップに対応する部分のみを図示し、その他を省略しているが、他の半導体チップに対応する部分も同様である。
[Formation of wiring layer]
Next, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1. Conventionally known circuit board and interposer manufacturing techniques such as a semi-additive method and a subtractive method may be applied to the method of forming the wiring layer on the base having the adhesive sheet. By forming the wiring layer on the pedestal, the dimensional stability becomes good during the manufacturing process, and the handling property of the thin wiring layer becomes good. Hereinafter, an example of a method for forming a wiring layer will be described. 11 to 17, only the portion corresponding to one semiconductor chip is shown and the others are omitted, but the portions corresponding to other semiconductor chips are the same.
 〔ベース絶縁層の形成〕
 図11に示すように、ベース絶縁層20aを台座1の接着シート5上に形成する。ベース絶縁層20aの材料としては、特に限定はされないが、例えば、ポリイミド樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリエーテルニトリル樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂などの公知の合成樹脂や、それらの樹脂と、合成繊維布、ガラス布、ガラス不織布、並びに、TiO、SiO、ZrOや鉱物、粘土などの微粒子との複合した樹脂などが挙げられる。特に、台座1を剥離した後、より薄く、より大きな機械的強度を有し、より好ましい電気的特性(絶縁特性など)を有するフレキシブルな絶縁層となる点からは、ポリイミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ガラス布複合エポキシ樹脂が好ましい材料として挙げられる。なかでも、感光性を有するものが好ましい。ベース絶縁層20aの厚さは、0.1~50μmが好ましい。
[Formation of base insulating layer]
As shown in FIG. 11, the base insulating layer 20 a is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1. The material of the base insulating layer 20a is not particularly limited. For example, polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyether nitrile resin, polyether sulfone resin, epoxy resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, etc. Known synthetic resins, and those resins and synthetic fiber cloths, glass cloths, glass nonwoven cloths, and composite resins of fine particles such as TiO 2 , SiO 2 , ZrO 2 , minerals, and clays. In particular, after the base 1 is peeled off, a polyimide resin, an epoxy resin, and a glass are used from the viewpoint of becoming a flexible insulating layer that is thinner, has higher mechanical strength, and has more preferable electrical characteristics (insulating characteristics, etc.). A cloth composite epoxy resin is mentioned as a preferable material. Among these, those having photosensitivity are preferable. The thickness of the base insulating layer 20a is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm.
 次に、外部接続用導体部22を形成すべき位置に、開口h1を形成する(図12参照)。開口h1の形成方法としては、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。例えば、感光性を有する樹脂を用いてベース絶縁層20aを形成した場合、開口h1に対応するパターンが形成されたフォトマスクを介して光を照射した後、現像することにより、開口h1を形成することができる。開口形状は特に限定されないが、円形が好ましく、直径も適宜設定可能であるが、例えば、1.0μm~500μmとすることができる。 Next, an opening h1 is formed at a position where the external connection conductor portion 22 is to be formed (see FIG. 12). As a method for forming the opening h1, a conventionally known method can be employed. For example, when the base insulating layer 20a is formed using a resin having photosensitivity, the opening h1 is formed by irradiating light through a photomask in which a pattern corresponding to the opening h1 is formed and then developing. be able to. The shape of the opening is not particularly limited, but a circular shape is preferable, and the diameter can be appropriately set. For example, it can be set to 1.0 μm to 500 μm.
 〔接点用の金属膜の形成〕
 次に、開口h1に接点用の金属膜211を形成する。金属膜211を形成することにより、電気的な接続をより好ましく行い、耐食性を高めることができる。金属膜211の形成方法は特に限定されないが、めっきが好ましく、該金属膜の材料としては、銅、金、銀、白金、鉛、錫、ニッケル、コバルト、インジウム、ロジウム、クロム、タングステン、ルテニウムなどの単独金属、またはこれら2種類以上からなる合金などが挙げられる。これらの中でも好ましい材料としては、金、錫、ニッケルなどが挙げられ、下地層をNiとし、表層をAuとする2層構造などが好ましい金属膜の態様として挙げられる。
[Formation of metal film for contact]
Next, a contact metal film 211 is formed in the opening h1. By forming the metal film 211, electrical connection can be performed more favorably and corrosion resistance can be improved. The formation method of the metal film 211 is not particularly limited, but plating is preferable, and the material of the metal film is copper, gold, silver, platinum, lead, tin, nickel, cobalt, indium, rhodium, chromium, tungsten, ruthenium, etc. These single metals or alloys composed of two or more of these can be used. Among these, preferable materials include gold, tin, nickel, and the like. A preferable example of the metal film includes a two-layer structure in which the base layer is Ni and the surface layer is Au.
 〔種膜、下側の導通路、導体層の形成〕
 次に、必要に応じて、導体層23、及び、導通路25となるべきとなるべき部分の壁面に金属材料を良好に堆積させるための種膜(金属薄膜)23aを形成する(図14参照)。種膜23aは、例えば、スパッタリングによって形成することができる。種膜の材料としては、例えば、銅、金、銀、白金、鉛、錫、ニッケル、コバルト、インジウム、ロジウム、クロム、タングステン、ルテニウムなどの単独金属、またはこれら2種類以上からなる合金などが用いられる。導体層23の厚さは、特に限定はされないが、1~500nmの範囲で適宜選択すればよい。また、導通路25は円柱状が好ましい形状であって、その直径は1.0~500μm、好ましくは、3.0~300μmである。その後、所定の配線パターンを有する導体層23、導通路25を形成する。配線パターンは、例えば、電解めっきにより形成することができる。その後、導体層23の無い部分の種膜を除去する。
[Formation of seed film, lower conductive path, conductor layer]
Next, if necessary, a seed film (metal thin film) 23a for satisfactorily depositing a metal material is formed on the conductor layer 23 and the wall surface of the portion that should be the conduction path 25 (see FIG. 14). ). The seed film 23a can be formed by sputtering, for example. As a material of the seed film, for example, a single metal such as copper, gold, silver, platinum, lead, tin, nickel, cobalt, indium, rhodium, chromium, tungsten, ruthenium, or an alloy composed of two or more of these is used. It is done. The thickness of the conductor layer 23 is not particularly limited, but may be appropriately selected within the range of 1 to 500 nm. Further, the conducting path 25 is preferably a columnar shape, and its diameter is 1.0 to 500 μm, preferably 3.0 to 300 μm. Thereafter, a conductor layer 23 and a conduction path 25 having a predetermined wiring pattern are formed. The wiring pattern can be formed by, for example, electrolytic plating. Thereafter, the seed film in the portion without the conductor layer 23 is removed.
 次に、図15に示すように、導体層23の上をめっきレジストr1にて覆い(導通路を形成すべき部分は除く)、かつ、台座1の下面を全面的にレジストr2にて覆い、電解めっきにより、導通路24を形成する。導体層23、導通路24、及び、導通路25は、回路26(図5参照)に相当する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 15, the conductor layer 23 is covered with the plating resist r1 (except for the portion where the conduction path is to be formed), and the lower surface of the base 1 is entirely covered with the resist r2. The conductive path 24 is formed by electrolytic plating. The conductor layer 23, the conduction path 24, and the conduction path 25 correspond to the circuit 26 (see FIG. 5).
〔接着剤層の形成〕
 次に、めっきレジストr1、r2を除去し、露出した導体層23および導通路24を埋没させるように、エポキシ及びポリイミドを主成分とする接着剤層20bを形成し、導通路24の上端面が端子部として接着層上面に露出するように、該接着層をアルカリ性溶液などにてエッチングする(図16参照)。
(Formation of adhesive layer)
Next, the plating resists r1 and r2 are removed, and an adhesive layer 20b mainly composed of epoxy and polyimide is formed so as to bury the exposed conductor layer 23 and the conduction path 24. The upper end surface of the conduction path 24 is The adhesive layer is etched with an alkaline solution or the like so as to be exposed on the upper surface of the adhesive layer as a terminal portion (see FIG. 16).
〔接続用導体部の端面への金属膜の形成〕
 次に、図17に示すように、導通路24の上端面に、例えば、電解めっきにより、接続用導体部21を形成する。接続用導体部21は、例えば、ニッケル膜、金膜等により、形成することができる。
[Formation of metal film on end face of connecting conductor]
Next, as shown in FIG. 17, the connecting conductor portion 21 is formed on the upper end surface of the conduction path 24 by, for example, electrolytic plating. The connecting conductor portion 21 can be formed of, for example, a nickel film or a gold film.
〔実装工程、剥離工程、ダイシング〕
 次に、上記で得た配線層2(台座1が剥離可能に付いたもの)に対して、チップを実装する(図6参照)。その後、接着剤層20bのエージングを行い、さらに、必要に応じて配線層2上の各チップ3に樹脂封止を施す(図7参照)。なお、樹脂封止には、シート状の封止用樹脂シートを用いてもよく、液状の樹脂封止材を用いてもよい。その後、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する(図8参照)。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図9参照)。なお、配線層2に対して、チップを実装する(フリップチップ接続)際には、配線層2とチップの間にアンダーフィル用の樹脂を用いてもよい。アンダーフィル用の樹脂は、シート状のものであってもよく、液状のものであってもよい。また、上述した実施形態では、チップを実装後、樹脂封止を施す場合について説明したが、樹脂封止する代わりに、チップ上に従来公知のフリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムが形成されたものを用いてもよい。前記フリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムは、被着体上にフリップチップ接続されたチップ(半導体素子)の裏面に形成するためのフィルムであり、詳細は、例えば、特開2011-249739号公報等に開示されているため、ここでの説明は省略する。
[Mounting process, peeling process, dicing]
Next, a chip is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained above (with the pedestal 1 attached in a peelable manner) (see FIG. 6). Thereafter, aging of the adhesive layer 20b is performed, and further, resin sealing is performed on each chip 3 on the wiring layer 2 as necessary (see FIG. 7). For resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet may be used, or a liquid resin sealing material may be used. Thereafter, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 (see FIG. 8). When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 9). In mounting a chip on the wiring layer 2 (flip chip connection), an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip. The underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid. In the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin sealing is performed after the chip is mounted has been described. Instead of the resin sealing, a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used. The flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
 以上、第1の本発明に係る実施形態について説明した。 The embodiment according to the first invention has been described above.
 <第2の本発明>
 以下、第2の本発明(第2-1の本発明、第2-2の本発明、及び、第2-3の本発明)に関し、第1の本発明と異なる点を説明する。第2の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートは、特に本第2の本発明の項で説明した以外の特性、効果として、第1の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートと同様の特性、効果を発揮することができる。
<Second Invention>
Hereinafter, the second aspect of the present invention (the 2-1 aspect of the present invention, the 2-2 aspect of the present invention, and the 2-3 aspect of the present invention) will be described while referring to differences from the first aspect of the present invention. The semiconductor device manufacturing method and the adhesive sheet according to the second aspect of the present invention have characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the second aspect of the present invention. The same characteristics and effects as the adhesive sheet can be exhibited.
 第2-1の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第2の層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、前記接着シートを、台座に貼り合わせる工程と、前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、前記実装の後、前記ワーク側から、前記接着シートの前記中央部に達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。 A 2-1 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device according to the present invention is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, and includes a first adhesive layer and a first adhesive layer. An adhesive sheet having a second layer having low adhesive strength after being attached to the pedestal, wherein a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and is located on the inner side of the peripheral portion. A step of preparing an adhesive sheet having a central portion formed by the second layer; a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal; a step of forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; and the wiring It includes at least a step of mounting a workpiece and a step of separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal by cutting from the workpiece side until reaching the central portion of the adhesive sheet after the mounting.
 以下、第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。尚、第2-1の本発明で用いている「上面」、「下面」など、上下を示す語句は、あくまで層の位置関係を説明するためのものであって、接着シートや半導体装置の実際の上下の姿勢を限定するものではない。なお、以下の実施形態では、本発明のワークが、半導体チップである場合について説明するが、この例に限定されず、回路が形成されていないウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されているウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハであってもよい。図18は、第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図19~図25は、第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。 Hereinafter, each step according to the embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The terms “upper surface”, “lower surface” and the like used in the 2-1 of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are actually used for adhesive sheets and semiconductor devices. It does not limit the up and down posture. In the following embodiment, the case where the workpiece of the present invention is a semiconductor chip will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and a wafer on which a circuit is not formed may be used, and a circuit is formed. It may be a wafer, or may be an individual wafer in which no circuit is formed. FIG. 18 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention. 19 to 25 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention.
 [接着シートを準備する工程]
 まず、第1接着剤層60と第1接着剤層60よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層61とを有する接着シート6であって、接着シート6の周辺部64が第1接着剤層60により形成されており、周辺部64よりも内側の中央部63が、第2の層61により形成されている接着シート6を準備する(図18参照)。
[Process for preparing adhesive sheet]
First, an adhesive sheet 6 having a first adhesive layer 60 and a second layer 61 having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer 60, and a peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6. Is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the adhesive sheet 6 is prepared in which the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61 (see FIG. 18).
 接着シート6では、第2の層61と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層60が周辺部に存在するため、この部分において台座、及び、配線に強固に貼り合わせることができる。接着シート6では、中央部63が第2の層61により形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、周辺部64にある第1接着剤層60の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、中央部63が第2の層61により形成されており、第2の層61も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シート6を台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。
 また、接着シート6の周辺部64が第1接着剤層60により形成されており、周辺部64よりも内側の中央部63が、第2の層61により形成されているため、配線上に半導体チップを実装した後、前記半導体チップ側から、接着シート6の中央部63に達するまで切り込みを入れると、台座と配線付きの半導体チップとは、第2の層61のみを介して対向することとなる。その結果、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
In the adhesive sheet 6, the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesive strength than that of the second layer 61 is present in the peripheral portion, so that it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion. In the adhesive sheet 6, since the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64 is reduced in the separation step described later, the external force causes Thus, it is possible to easily separate the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring vertically.
Moreover, since the center part 63 is formed of the 2nd layer 61 and the 2nd layer 61 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 6 from a base after the process to isolate | separate. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal.
Further, since the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60 and the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61, a semiconductor is formed on the wiring. After the chip is mounted, if the notch is made from the semiconductor chip side until reaching the central portion 63 of the adhesive sheet 6, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring face each other only through the second layer 61. Become. As a result, in the separation step, the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by external force.
 本実施形態において、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層61の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層61の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層61の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、容易に台座から第2の層61を剥離することができる。一方、第2の層61の前記接着力は低いほど台座からの剥離が行いやすい。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層60の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層61の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層60の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層60の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート6とをより強固に固定することができる。
In the present embodiment, the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the conditions of ± 2 ° C. and peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive strength of the second layer 61, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.
 接着シート6の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート6の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、当該接着シート6を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート6の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート6の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 μm or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 μm or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 6 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 接着シート6を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート6を台座1に貼り合わせる(図19参照)。貼り合わせ方法は特に限定されないが、圧着による方法が好ましい。圧着は、通常、圧着ロール等の押圧手段により押圧しながら行われる。圧着の条件としては、20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/secが好ましい。上述したように、接着シート6は、第2の層61と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層60が下面に表出しているため、台座1に強固に貼り合わせることができる。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 6, the prepared adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the base 1 (see FIG. 19). The bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable. The crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll. The conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec. As described above, the adhesive sheet 6 can be firmly bonded to the pedestal 1 because the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 61 is exposed on the lower surface.
 [配線層を形成する工程]
 次に、接着シート6上に、半導体チップ3の電極31に接続し得る接続用導体部21と配線26を有する配線層2を、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に露出するように形成する(図20参照)。配線層2は、接着シート6側に、外部と電気的な接続を行なうための外部接続用導体部22を有する。なお、図20では、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に凸状に露出している場合を示しているが、第2-1の本発明において接続用導体部は、配線層の上面に露出してればよく、接続用導体部の上面が、配線層の上面と面一であってもよい。接着シート6では、第1接着剤層60が上面に表出しているため、接着シート6上に形成される配線層2を強固に固定することができる。
[Process for forming wiring layer]
Next, on the adhesive sheet 6, the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. It forms (refer FIG. 20). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 6 side. FIG. 20 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed in a convex shape on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2, but in the 2-1st invention, the connecting conductor portion is the upper surface of the wiring layer. The upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer. In the adhesive sheet 6, since the first adhesive layer 60 is exposed on the upper surface, the wiring layer 2 formed on the adhesive sheet 6 can be firmly fixed.
 [半導体チップを実装する工程]
 次に、図21に示すように、配線層2の接続用導体部21と半導体チップ3の電極31とを接続して、配線層2(配線26)に半導体チップ3を実装する。図21では、実装後の接続用導体部21、電極31のそれぞれの突起を省略して示している。なお、図21では、配線層2に複数の半導体チップ3が実装される場合を示しているが、配線層に実装する半導体チップの数は、特に限定されず、1つであってもよい。
[Process for mounting semiconductor chip]
Next, as shown in FIG. 21, the connecting conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). In FIG. 21, the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted. FIG. 21 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, but the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
 次に、図22に示すように、必要に応じて、半導体チップ3を覆うように樹脂32による樹脂封止を行なう。樹脂封止に用いる樹脂32は、従来公知のもの等を適宜用いることができ、樹脂封止方法についても、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 22, resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary. As the resin 32 used for resin sealing, a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
 [台座から分離する工程]
 次に、図23に示すように、半導体チップ3側から、接着シート6の中央部63に達するまで切り込み65を入れる。この際、樹脂32、及び、配線層2にも同時に切り込みが入ることになる。これにより、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とは、第2の層61のみを介して対向することとなる。その後、外力を加えることにより、図24に示すように、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離する。この際、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とは、比較的接着力の低い第2の層61のみを介して対向しているため、外力により、容易に台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離することが可能となる。切り込みの形成方法としては、従来公知の方法等を採用することができ、カッター等の刃物やレーザー等による高エネルギー線を用いることができる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
Next, as shown in FIG. 23, a notch 65 is made from the semiconductor chip 3 side until the central portion 63 of the adhesive sheet 6 is reached. At this time, the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut. As a result, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 face each other only through the second layer 61. Thereafter, by applying an external force, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are separated vertically as shown in FIG. At this time, since the pedestal 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only through the second layer 61 having a relatively low adhesive force, the pedestal 1 and the wiring layer 2 are easily attached by an external force. The semiconductor chip 3 can be separated vertically. As a method for forming the cut, a conventionally known method or the like can be adopted, and a cutting tool such as a cutter or a high energy beam by a laser or the like can be used.
 その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図25参照)。なお、台座1を剥離した配線層2に対して、ハンダボールを付与するといった加工を施してもよい。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 25). In addition, you may give the process of providing a solder ball with respect to the wiring layer 2 which peeled the base 1. FIG.
 以上、第2-1の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明した。以下、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明する。 The outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-1 of the present invention has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment will be described in detail.
 〔接着シートを有する台座の準備〕
 まず、台座1を準備する(図19参照)。台座1は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。
[Preparation of pedestal with adhesive sheet]
First, the base 1 is prepared (refer FIG. 19). As the pedestal 1, the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 次に、台座1上に接着シート6を貼り合わせる(図19参照)。接着シート6は、すでに説明した通り、周辺部64が第1接着剤層60により形成されており、周辺部64よりも内側の中央部63が、第2の層61により形成されている。 Next, the adhesive sheet 6 is bonded onto the base 1 (see FIG. 19). As described above, the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6 is formed of the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 is formed of the second layer 61.
 第1接着剤層60を構成する接着剤組成物としては、第1接着剤層60の接着力が、第2の層61の接着力よりも高くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような第1接着剤層60を構成する接着剤組成物としては、イミド基を有し、且つ、少なくとも一部にエーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有するポリイミド樹脂、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸、シリコーン樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂と熱硬化性樹脂を併用したもの等を挙げることができる。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61. Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 include a polyimide resin having an imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, Examples thereof include polyamic acid as a precursor, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂、及び、前記シリコーン樹脂は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 As the polyimide resin and the silicone resin, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 第1接着剤層60に前記シリコーン樹脂を用いる場合、第1接着剤層60には、必要に応じて、他の添加剤を含有し得る。このような他の添加剤としては、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 When the silicone resin is used for the first adhesive layer 60, the first adhesive layer 60 may contain other additives as necessary. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 第2の層61を構成する組成物としては、第2の層61の接着力が、第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような第2の層61を構成する材料としては、Cu,Cr,Ni,Ti等の無機材料を挙げることができる。 The composition constituting the second layer 61 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60. Examples of the material constituting the second layer 61 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
 また、第2の層61を構成する組成物としては、前記第1接着剤層60を構成する接着剤組成物として説明した前記ポリイミド樹脂を用いてもよく、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸を用いてもよく、前記シリコーン樹脂を用いてもよく、前記熱可塑性樹脂と前記熱硬化性樹脂とを併用したものを用いてもよい。 Further, as the composition constituting the second layer 61, the polyimide resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 may be used, and the polyamide which is a precursor of the polyimide resin An acid may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
 (接着シートの製造)
 接着シート6は、例えば、次の通りにして作製される。まず、第2の層61を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。次に、前記溶液を基材上に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成した後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる等して、第2の層61とする。前記基材としては、SUS304、6-4アロイ、アルミ箔、銅箔、Ni箔などの金属箔や、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレンや、フッ素系剥離剤、長鎖アルキルアクリレート系剥離剤等の剥離剤により表面コートされたプラスチックフィルムや紙等が使用可能である。また、塗布方法としては特に限定されず、例えば、ロール塗工、スクリーン塗工、グラビア塗工、スピンコート塗工等が挙げられる。
(Manufacture of adhesive sheets)
The adhesive sheet 6 is produced as follows, for example. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the second layer 61 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied on a substrate so as to have a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the second layer 61. Examples of the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent. A plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned.
 次に、第2の層61側から打ち抜き加工等により、所定の形状(例えば、円形、矩形等)に打ち抜き、打ち抜いた部分(円形状、矩形状等の第2の層61)を残して、外側を剥離して取り除く。 Next, by punching from the second layer 61 side, etc. by punching into a predetermined shape (for example, circular, rectangular, etc.), leaving a punched portion (second layer 61 of circular shape, rectangular shape, etc.) Remove the outside.
 一方、第1接着剤層60を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。 Meanwhile, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is prepared.
 次に、所定の形状に打ち抜かれた第2の層61が積層されている前記基材の上に、前記の第1接着剤層60を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を第2の層61の側に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成する。その後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる等して、第1接着剤層60とする。以上より、図18に示されるような接着シート6が得られる。なお、後述する図26に示されるような接着シート7も同様の方法により作成することができる。 Next, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is formed on the base material on which the second layer 61 punched into a predetermined shape is laminated. A coating film is formed by applying a predetermined thickness on the 61 side. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the first adhesive layer 60. From the above, an adhesive sheet 6 as shown in FIG. 18 is obtained. In addition, the adhesive sheet 7 as shown in FIG. 26 to be described later can also be created by the same method.
 〔配線層の形成〕
 次に、台座1の接着シート6上に配線層2を形成する(図20参照)。接着シートを有する台座上に配線層を形成する方法は、第1の本発明の項で説明した方法を採用することができる。
[Formation of wiring layer]
Next, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 6 of the base 1 (see FIG. 20). As a method for forming the wiring layer on the pedestal having the adhesive sheet, the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
〔実装工程、剥離工程、ダイシング〕
 次に、上記で得た配線層2(台座1が剥離可能に付いたもの)に対して、チップを実装する(図21参照)。その後、配線層2のエージングを行い、さらに、必要に応じて配線層2上の各チップ3に樹脂封止を施す(図22参照)。なお、樹脂封止には、シート状の封止用樹脂シートを用いてもよく、液状の樹脂封止材を用いてもよい。その後、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する(図24参照)。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図25参照)。なお、配線層2に対して、チップを実装する(フリップチップ接続)際には、配線層2とチップの間にアンダーフィル用の樹脂を用いてもよい。アンダーフィル用の樹脂は、シート状のものであってもよく、液状のものであってもよい。また、上述した実施形態では、チップを実装後、樹脂封止を施す場合について説明したが、樹脂封止する代わりに、チップ上に従来公知のフリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムが形成されたものを用いてもよい。前記フリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムは、被着体上にフリップチップ接続されたチップ(半導体素子)の裏面に形成するためのフィルムであり、詳細は、例えば、特開2011-249739号公報等に開示されているため、ここでの説明は省略する。
[Mounting process, peeling process, dicing]
Next, a chip is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained above (with the pedestal 1 attached in a peelable manner) (see FIG. 21). Thereafter, aging of the wiring layer 2 is performed, and further, resin sealing is performed on each chip 3 on the wiring layer 2 as necessary (see FIG. 22). For resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet may be used, or a liquid resin sealing material may be used. After that, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 (see FIG. 24). When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 25). In mounting a chip on the wiring layer 2 (flip chip connection), an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip. The underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid. In the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin sealing is performed after the chip is mounted has been described. Instead of the resin sealing, a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used. The flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
 以上、第2-1の本発明に係る一実施形態について説明した。次に、第2-2の本発明について説明する。 The embodiment according to the 2-1st invention has been described above. Next, the 2-2 of the present invention will be explained.
 第2-2の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
 前記接着シートを、前記第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、前記接着シートに、前記ワーク側から、前記中央部の前記第1接着剤層に達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。
A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to 2-2 of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring.
An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer;
Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
After the mounting, at least a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the first adhesive layer in the central portion. .
 以下、第2-2の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。ただし、以下に説明する第2-2の本発明に係る実施形態では、接着シートを準備する工程、台座に貼り合わせる工程、及び、台座から分離する工程以外は、上述した第2-1の本発明に係る実施形態と共通するので、接着シートを準備する工程、台座に貼り合わせる工程、及び、台座から分離する工程以外について説明し、それ以外は省略することとする。図26は、第2-2の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図27は、第2-2の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。 Hereinafter, each process according to the embodiment of the 2-2 of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. However, in the embodiment according to the 2-2 of the present invention described below, the 2-1 book described above except for the step of preparing the adhesive sheet, the step of bonding to the pedestal, and the step of separating from the pedestal. Since it is common with embodiment which concerns on invention, suppose that except the process of preparing an adhesive sheet, the process of bonding to a base, and the process of isolate | separating from a base, it will abbreviate | omit. FIG. 26 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the 2-2 of the present invention. FIG. 27 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-2 of the present invention.
 [接着シートを準備する工程]
 まず、第1接着剤層70と第1接着剤層70よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層71とを有する接着シート7であって、接着シート7の周辺部74が第1接着剤層70により形成されており、周辺部74よりも内側の中央部73が、第1接着剤層70と第2の層71との積層により形成されている接着シートを準備する(図26参照)。
[Process for preparing adhesive sheet]
First, an adhesive sheet 7 having a first adhesive layer 70 and a second layer 71 having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer 70, and a peripheral portion 74 of the adhesive sheet 7. Is formed by the first adhesive layer 70, and an adhesive sheet is prepared in which the central portion 73 inside the peripheral portion 74 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. (See FIG. 26).
 台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層71の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層70の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層71の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層71の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、分離する工程において、容易に第2の層から配線付きの半導体チップを剥離することができる。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層70の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層71の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層70の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層70の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート7とをより強固に固定することができる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 71 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily peeled from the second layer in the separation step.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed.
 接着シート7の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート7の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、多層構造を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート7の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート7の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 100 μm or less, the thickness variation of the adhesive sheet 7 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 第1接着剤層70の中央部73における厚さは、0.01~99μmであることが好ましく、0.05~10μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness at the central portion 73 of the first adhesive layer 70 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 μm.
 第2の層71の厚さ(中央部73での厚さ)は、0.09~99.9μmであることが好ましく、0.05~15μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer 71 (thickness at the central portion 73) is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 μm.
 第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的に弾性率が低いため、当該層の形成時に表面にうねりが生じやすい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を薄くし、第2の層を厚くすることが好ましい。一方、第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的にガラス転移温度が高いため、当該層の形成時に収縮が大きい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を厚くし、第2の層を薄くすることが好ましい。従って、本発明において、第1接着剤層の厚さ、及び、第2の層の厚さは、層形成時の表面のうねり、及び、層形成時の収縮量の双方を考慮して、上記数値範囲内で選択することが好ましい。 Since the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are determined in consideration of both the surface undulation during the layer formation and the shrinkage during the layer formation. It is preferable to select within a numerical range.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 接着シート7を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート7を、第1接着剤層70のみが表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる(図27参照)。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 7, the prepared adhesive sheet 7 is bonded to the base 1 with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer 70 is exposed as the bonding surface (see FIG. 27).
 [台座から分離する工程]
 台座から分離する工程では、まず、接着シート7に、半導体チップ3側から、中央部73の第1接着剤層70に達するまで切り込み75を入れる。この際、樹脂32、及び、配線層2にも同時に切り込みが入ることになる。これにより、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とは、第1接着層70と第2の層71との積層部分のみを介して対向することとなる。このとき、第1接着剤層70が台座1に貼り合わせられており、第2の層71が配線層2付きの半導体チップ3と接している。その結果、分離する工程において、外力により、第2の層71と配線層2との界面で容易に剥離することができる。従って、容易に配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を台座1から分離することが可能となる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
In the step of separating from the pedestal, first, a cut 75 is made in the adhesive sheet 7 from the semiconductor chip 3 side until it reaches the first adhesive layer 70 in the central portion 73. At this time, the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut. Thereby, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other through only the laminated portion of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. At this time, the first adhesive layer 70 is bonded to the base 1, and the second layer 71 is in contact with the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2. As a result, in the separation step, the separation can be easily performed at the interface between the second layer 71 and the wiring layer 2 by an external force. Therefore, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from the base 1.
 以上、第2-2の本発明に係る一実施形態について説明した。次に、第2-3の本発明について説明する。 The embodiment according to the 2-2 of the present invention has been described above. Next, the second to third aspects of the present invention will be described.
 第2-3の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
 第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、前記接着シートの周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されており、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
 前記接着シートを、前記第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面とは反対側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
 前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
 前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
 前記実装の後、前記接着シートに、前記ワーク側から、前記第2の層に達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。
A 2-3 manufacturing method of a semiconductor device according to the present invention is a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring,
An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet being the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet that is formed by a layer, and a central portion inside the peripheral portion is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer and the second layer;
Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal with a surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface;
Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet;
Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
After the mounting, at least a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal by cutting the adhesive sheet from the work side until reaching the second layer.
 以下、第2-3の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。ただし、以下に説明する第2-3の本発明に係る実施形態では、接着シートを準備する工程、台座に貼り合わせる工程、及び、台座から分離する工程以外は、上述した第2-1の本発明に係る実施形態と共通するので、接着シートを準備する工程、台座に貼り合わせる工程、及び、台座から分離する工程以外について説明し、それ以外は省略することとする。図28は、第2-3の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図29は、第2-3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。 Hereinafter, each process according to an embodiment of the present invention of 2-3 will be described with reference to the drawings. However, in the second and third embodiments of the present invention described below, the 2-1 book described above, except for the step of preparing the adhesive sheet, the step of bonding to the pedestal, and the step of separating from the pedestal. Since it is common with embodiment which concerns on invention, suppose that except the process of preparing an adhesive sheet, the process of bonding to a base, and the process of isolate | separating from a base, it will abbreviate | omit. FIG. 28 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the present invention of 2-3. FIG. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining the outline of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-3 of the present invention.
 [接着シートを準備する工程]
 まず、第1接着剤層50と第1接着剤層50よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層51とを有する接着シート5であって、接着シート5の周辺部54が第1接着剤層50により形成されており、周辺部54よりも内側の中央部53が、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている接着シートを準備する(図28参照)。
[Process for preparing adhesive sheet]
First, an adhesive sheet 5 having a first adhesive layer 50 and a second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer 50, the peripheral portion 54 of the adhesive sheet 5. Is prepared by the first adhesive layer 50, and an adhesive sheet is prepared in which the central portion 53 inside the peripheral portion 54 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. (See FIG. 28).
 台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層51の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層51の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層51の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、分離する工程において、容易に台座1、又は、第1接着剤層50から剥離することができる。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層50の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層51の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層50の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層50の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、周辺部54において台座と接着シート5とをより強固に固定することができる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled from the base 1 or the first adhesive layer 50 in the separation step.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the pedestal and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed at the peripheral portion 54.
 接着シート5の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート5の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、多層構造を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート5の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート5の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 μm or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 5 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 第1接着剤層50の中央部53における厚さは、0.01~99μmであることが好ましく、0.05~10μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness at the central portion 53 of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 μm.
 第2の層51の厚さ(中央部53での厚さ)は、0.09~99.9μmであることが好ましく、0.05~15μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer 51 (thickness at the central portion 53) is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 μm.
 第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的に弾性率が低いため、当該層の形成時に表面にうねりが生じやすい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を薄くし、第2の層を厚くすることが好ましい。一方、第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的にガラス転移温度が高いため、当該層の形成時に収縮が大きい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を厚くし、第2の層を薄くすることが好ましい。従って、本発明において、第1接着剤層の厚さ、及び、第2の層の厚さは、層形成時の表面のうねり、及び、層形成時の収縮量の双方を考慮して、上記数値範囲内で選択することが好ましい。 Since the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are determined in consideration of both the surface undulation during the layer formation and the shrinkage during the layer formation. It is preferable to select within a numerical range.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 接着シート5を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート5を、第1接着剤層50のみが表出している側の面とは反対側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる(図29参照)。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 5, the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal 1 with the surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed as the bonding surface (see FIG. 29).
 [台座から分離する工程]
 台座から分離する工程では、まず、接着シート5に、半導体チップ3側から、第2の層51に達するまで切り込み55を入れる。この際、樹脂32、及び、配線層2にも同時に切り込みが入ることになる。これにより、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とは、第1接着層50と第2の層51との積層部分のみを介して対向することとなる。従って、分離する工程において、外力により、第1接着剤層70と第2の層51との界面、又は、第2の層51と台座1との界面で容易に剥離することができる。その後、第1接着剤層50を配線層2から剥離すれる。これにより、容易に台座と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離することが可能となる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
In the step of separating from the pedestal, first, a cut 55 is made in the adhesive sheet 5 from the semiconductor chip 3 side until reaching the second layer 51. At this time, the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut. Thereby, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only through the laminated portion of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, in the step of separating, it can be easily peeled off at the interface between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 51 or the interface between the second layer 51 and the base 1 by an external force. Thereafter, the first adhesive layer 50 is peeled off from the wiring layer 2. As a result, the base and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated vertically.
 以上、第2の本発明に係る実施形態について説明した。 The embodiment according to the second invention has been described above.
 <第3の本発明>
 以下、第3の本発明に関し、第1の本発明と異なる点を説明する。第3の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートは、特に本第3の本発明の項で説明した以外の特性、効果として、第1の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートと同様の特性、効果を発揮することができる。
<Third present invention>
Hereinafter, regarding the third aspect of the present invention, differences from the first aspect of the present invention will be described. The semiconductor device manufacturing method and the adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the present invention have, in particular, characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the third aspect of the present invention. The same characteristics and effects as the adhesive sheet can be exhibited.
 第3の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とが積層された接着シートを準備する工程と、前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a third aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and is more pedestal than the first adhesive layer and the first adhesive layer. A step of preparing an adhesive sheet laminated with a second layer having a low adhesive strength after being attached, a step of attaching the adhesive sheet to a pedestal, and the adhesive sheet after being attached to the pedestal, The method includes at least a step of forming a wiring, a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring, and a step of separating the workpiece with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
 以下、第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。尚、第3の本発明で用いている「上面」、「下面」など、上下を示す語句は、あくまで層の位置関係を説明するためのものであって、接着シートや半導体装置の実際の上下の姿勢を限定するものではない。なお、以下の実施形態では、第3の本発明のワークが、半導体チップである場合について説明するが、この例に限定されず、回路が形成されていないウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されているウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハであってもよい。 Hereinafter, each process according to an embodiment of the third invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface”, and the like used in the third aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are the actual upper and lower surfaces of the adhesive sheet and the semiconductor device. It does not limit the attitude. In the following embodiment, the case where the work of the third aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor chip will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
 [接着シートを準備する工程]
 まず、第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とが積層された接着シートを準備する。
[Process for preparing adhesive sheet]
First, an adhesive sheet is prepared in which a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to the base than the first adhesive layer are laminated.
 ここで、本実施形態に係る接着シートについて説明する。図30は、第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図30に示すように、接着シート5は、第2の層51上に第1接着剤層50が積層された構成を有する。第2の層51の接着力は、第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低い。なお、接着シート5は、台座に貼り合わせる工程において第2の層51を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられる。 Here, the adhesive sheet according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 30 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment of the third invention. As shown in FIG. 30, the adhesive sheet 5 has a configuration in which a first adhesive layer 50 is laminated on a second layer 51. The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. The adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal using the second layer 51 as a bonding surface in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
 接着シート5では、第1接着剤層50が存在するため、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等を台座に固定しておくことができる。また、第1接着剤層50のみではなく、第1接着剤層50よりも接着力の低い第2の層51を有するため、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、接着シート5は、第2の層51を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられるため、第1接着剤剤層50上に配線が形成されることになる。従って、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等をより強固に台座に固定しておくことができる。 In the adhesive sheet 5, since the first adhesive layer 50 exists, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 but the 2nd layer 51 whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer 50, in a process to isolate | separate, a base and a workpiece | work with wiring easily Can be separated vertically. Moreover, since the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal using the second layer 51 as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive agent layer 50. Therefore, the wiring or the like can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece.
 本実施形態において、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層51の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.3N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層51の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層51の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、容易に台座から第2の層51を剥離することができる。一方、第2の層51の前記接着力は低いほど台座からの剥離が行いやすい。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層50の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層51の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層50の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層50の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート5とをより強固に固定することができる。
In the present embodiment, the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the conditions of ± 2 ° C. and peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.3 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive force of the second layer 51, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.
 第2の層51と第1接着剤層50との間の接着力は、第2の層51と台座1との間の接着力(第2の層51を台座1に貼り付けた際の、第2の層51と台座1との間の接着力)よりも高いことが好ましい。第2の層51と第1接着剤層50との間の接着力が、第2の層51と台座1との間の接着力よりも低いと、分離する工程において、まず、第2の層51と台座1との間で剥離し、その後、第1接着剤層50を第2の51と共に配線26(配線層2)から剥離することができる。
 第2の層51と台座1との間の接着力は、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で0.3N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2N/20mm以下であることより好ましい。また、第2の層51と台座1との間の前記接着力は、配線形成工程の間に剥離しない観点から、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で0.001N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.01N/20mm以上であることより好ましい。
 第2の層51と第1接着剤層50との間の接着力は、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で0.001N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、10N/20mm以下であることより好ましい。また、第2の層51と第1接着剤層50との間の前記接着力は、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で1.0N/20mm以下、0.1N/20mm以下等とすることができる。
The adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the base 1 (when the second layer 51 is attached to the base 1, It is preferably higher than the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the base 1. When the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is lower than the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the pedestal 1, first, in the step of separating, the second layer The first adhesive layer 50 can be peeled off from the wiring 26 (wiring layer 2) together with the second 51 after that.
The adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the pedestal 1 is preferably 0.3 N / 20 mm or less at a peel peel force of 180 ° under a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min. More preferably, it is 0.2 N / 20 mm or less. Further, the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the base 1 is 180 ° peel peeling under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from the viewpoint of not peeling during the wiring forming process. The force is preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.01 N / 20 mm or more.
The adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.001 N / 20 mm or more at a 180 ° peel peel force at a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min. Is preferably 10 N / 20 mm or less. Further, the adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is 1.0 N / 20 mm as a 180 ° peel peel force under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min. Hereinafter, it may be 0.1 N / 20 mm or less.
 接着シート5の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート5の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、多層構造を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート5の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート5の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 μm or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 5 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 第1接着剤層50の厚さは、0.01~99μmであることが好ましく、0.05~10μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 μm.
 第2の層51の厚さは、0.09~99.9μmであることが好ましく、0.05~15μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer 51 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 15 μm.
 第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的に弾性率が低いため、当該層の形成時に表面にうねりが生じやすい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を薄くし、第2の層を厚くすることが好ましい。一方、第1接着剤層は、第2の層に比較して一般的にガラス転移温度が高いため、当該層の形成時に収縮が大きい。このような観点からは、第1接着剤層を厚くし、第2の層を薄くすることが好ましい。従って、第3の本発明において、第1接着剤層の厚さ、及び、第2の層の厚さは、層形成時の表面のうねり、及び、層形成時の収縮量の双方を考慮して、上記数値範囲内で選択することが好ましい。 Since the first adhesive layer generally has a lower elastic modulus than the second layer, the surface tends to swell when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thinner and the second layer thicker. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer generally has a higher glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From such a viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and the second layer thin. Therefore, in the third aspect of the present invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer take into consideration both the surface waviness during layer formation and the shrinkage during layer formation. Therefore, it is preferable to select within the above numerical range.
 第3の本発明に係る接着シートは、図30に示すような接着シート5に限定されず、図31に示すような接着シートであってもよい。図31は、第3の本発明の他の実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。
図31に示すように、接着シート6は、第1接着剤層60上に第2の層61が積層された構成を有する。第2の層61の接着力は、第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低い。なお、接着シート6は、台座に貼り合わせる工程において第1接着剤層60を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられる。
The adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the present invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 30, and may be an adhesive sheet as shown in FIG. FIG. 31 is a schematic sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment of the third invention.
As shown in FIG. 31, the adhesive sheet 6 has a configuration in which a second layer 61 is laminated on a first adhesive layer 60. The adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60. The adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the pedestal using the first adhesive layer 60 as a bonding surface in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
 接着シート6では、第1接着剤層60が存在するため、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等を台座に固定しておくことができる。また、第1接着剤層60のみではなく、第1接着剤層60よりも接着力の低い第2の層61を有するため、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、接着シート6は、第1接着剤剤層60を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられるため、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等をより強固に台座に固定しておくことができる。 In the adhesive sheet 6, since the first adhesive layer 60 is present, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 but the 2nd layer 61 whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer 60, in a process to isolate | separate, a base and a workpiece | work with wiring easily Can be separated vertically. Further, since the adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the pedestal using the first adhesive layer 60 as a bonding surface, the wiring or the like is more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Can be kept.
 台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層61の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2の層61の接着力の下限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、0N/20mm以上であるが、0.001/20mm以上であってもよい。第2の層61の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以下であると、容易に台座から第2の層61を剥離することができる。一方、第2の層61の前記接着力は低いほど台座からの剥離が行いやすい。
 また、台座に貼り付けた後の第1接着剤層60の接着力は、台座に貼り付けた後の第2の層61の接着力よりも高ければ、特に制限されないが、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層60の接着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等を挙げることができる。第1接着剤層60の前記接着力が、0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート6とをより強固に固定することができる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Moreover, the lower limit value of the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more, but may be 0.001 / 20 mm or more. When the adhesive force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled from the pedestal. On the other hand, the lower the adhesive strength of the second layer 61, the easier the peeling from the pedestal.
Further, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the pedestal is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal, but the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C. The 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under the condition of a peel speed of 300 mm / min is preferably 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.40 N / 20 mm or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 60 is not specifically limited, Although it is so preferable that it is large, For example, 30N / 20mm or less, 20N / 20mm or less, etc. can be mentioned. When the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.
 第2の層61と第1接着剤層60との間の接着力は、第1接着剤層60と台座1との間の接着力(第1接着剤層60を台座1に貼り付けた際の、第1接着剤層60と台座1との間の接着力)よりも低いことが好ましい。第2の層61と第1接着剤層60との間の接着力が、第1接着剤層60と台座1との間の接着力よりも低いと、分離する工程において、まず、第2の層61と第1接着剤層60との間で剥離し、その後、第2の層61を配線26(配線層2)から剥離することができる。
 第2の層61と第1接着剤層60との間の接着力は、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で0.3N/20mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2N/20mm以下であることより好ましい。また、第2の層61と第1接着剤層60との間の前記接着力は、配線形成工程の間に剥離しない観点から、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で0.001N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.01N/20mm以上であることより好ましい。
 第1接着剤層60と台座1との間の前記接着力は、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で0.3N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.4N/20mm以上であることより好ましい。また、第1接着剤層60と台座1との間の前記接着力は、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下での180°ピール剥離力で30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等とすることができる。
The adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is the adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the base 1 (when the first adhesive layer 60 is attached to the base 1). Lower than the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1). If the adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is lower than the adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1, first, in the step of separating, It can peel between the layer 61 and the 1st adhesive bond layer 60, and can peel the 2nd layer 61 from the wiring 26 (wiring layer 2) after that.
The adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.3 N / 20 mm or less at a 180 ° peel peel force under conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min. It is more preferable that it is 0.2 N / 20 mm or less. In addition, the adhesive force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is determined under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from the viewpoint of not peeling during the wiring formation process. The 180 ° peel strength is preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.01 N / 20 mm or more.
The adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1 may be 0.3 N / 20 mm or more at a 180 ° peel peel force at a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min. Preferably, it is more preferably 0.4 N / 20 mm or more. The adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the pedestal 1 is 30 N / 20 mm or less, 20 N / 20 mm at 180 ° peel peel force at a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min. The following may be used.
 接着シート6の厚さは、0.1~100μmであることが好ましく、0.5~25μmであることがより好ましい。接着シート6の厚さが、0.1μm以上であると、当該接着シート6を容易に形成することができる。一方、接着シート6の厚さが、100μm以下であると、接着シート6の厚みばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止することができ、配線を形成する工程で有利になる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm, and more preferably 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 μm or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 μm or less, thickness variations of the adhesive sheet 6 and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented, which is advantageous in the process of forming the wiring.
 第1接着剤層60の厚さは、0.01~99μmであることが好ましく、0.05~10μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 60 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 10 μm.
 第2の層61の厚さは、0.09~99.9μmであることが好ましく、0.05~15μmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the second layer 61 is preferably 0.09 to 99.9 μm, and more preferably 0.05 to 15 μm.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 以下の説明では、図30に示した接着シート5を用いた場合について説明する。図32~図37は、第3の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。接着シート5を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート5を、接着シート5の下面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる(図32参照)。貼り合わせ方法は特に限定されないが、圧着による方法が好ましい。圧着は、通常、圧着ロール等の押圧手段により押圧しながら行われる。圧着の条件としては、20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/secが好ましい。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
In the following description, the case where the adhesive sheet 5 shown in FIG. 30 is used will be described. 32 to 37 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the embodiment of the third invention. After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 5, the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 32). The bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable. The crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll. The conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec.
 [配線を形成する工程]
 次に、接着シート5上に、半導体チップ3の電極31に接続し得る接続用導体部21と配線26とを有する配線層2を、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に露出するように形成する(図33参照)。配線層2は、接着シート5側に、外部と電気的な接続を行なうための外部接続用導体部22を有する。なお、図33では、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に凸状に露出している場合を示しているが、第3の本発明において接続用導体部は、配線層の上面に露出してればよく、接続用導体部の上面が、配線層の上面と面一であってもよい。接着シート5では、第1接着剤層50のみが上面に表出しているため、接着シート50上に形成される配線層をより強固に固定することができる。
[Process for forming wiring]
Next, on the adhesive sheet 5, the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 and the wiring 26 is exposed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. (See FIG. 33). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 5 side. FIG. 33 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2, but in the third aspect of the present invention, the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer. The upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer. In the adhesive sheet 5, since only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed on the upper surface, the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.
 [半導体チップを実装する工程]
 次に、図34に示すように、配線層2の接続用導体部21と半導体チップ3の電極31とを接続して、配線層2(配線26)に半導体チップ3を実装する。図34では、実装後の接続用導体部21、電極31のそれぞれの突起を省略して示している。なお、図34では、配線層2に複数の半導体チップ3が実装される場合を示しているが、配線層に実装する半導体チップの数は、特に限定されず、1つであってもよい。
[Process for mounting semiconductor chip]
Next, as shown in FIG. 34, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). In FIG. 34, the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted. 34 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
 次に、図35に示すように、必要に応じて、半導体チップ3を覆うように樹脂32による樹脂封止を行なう。樹脂封止に用いる樹脂32は、従来公知のもの等を適宜用いることができ、樹脂封止方法についても、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 35, resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary. As the resin 32 used for resin sealing, a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
 [台座から分離する工程]
 次に、図36に示すように、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。具体的には、外力を加えることにより、台座1のみを剥離し、その後、接着シート5を90°ピールする方法が挙げられる。また、外力を加えることにより、台座1付きの第2の層51を剥離し、その後、第1接着剤層50を90°ピールする方法が挙げられる。また、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させた後、台座1付きの接着シート5を剥離する方法が挙げられる。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させる方法としては、溶剤により第1接着剤層50を溶解させて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層50に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層50を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させる方法、超音波洗浄により第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させる方法等を挙げることができる。なお、前記超音波洗浄では、必要に応じて洗浄液を加熱してもよく、洗浄液として界面活性剤等を含有させたものを用いてもよい。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
Next, as shown in FIG. 36, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1. Specifically, a method of peeling only the pedestal 1 by applying an external force and then peeling the adhesive sheet 5 by 90 ° can be mentioned. Moreover, the method of peeling the 2nd layer 51 with the base 1 by applying external force, and peeling the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 by 90 degrees after that is mentioned. Moreover, after reducing the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50, the method of peeling the adhesive sheet 5 with the base 1 is mentioned. When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. As a method of reducing the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of lowering the adhesive force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, a physical method using a cutter, a laser, or the like is applied to the first adhesive layer 50. The first adhesive layer 50 is formed of a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating, and the first adhesive layer 50 is ultrasonically cleaned to reduce the adhesive strength. Examples thereof include a method for reducing the adhesive strength of the layer 50. In the ultrasonic cleaning, the cleaning liquid may be heated as necessary, or a cleaning liquid containing a surfactant or the like may be used.
 その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図37参照)。なお、台座1を剥離した配線層2に対して、ハンダボールを付与するといった加工を施してもよい。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 37). In addition, you may give the process of providing a solder ball with respect to the wiring layer 2 which peeled the base 1. FIG.
 以上、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明した。以下、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明する。 The outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to this embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment will be described in detail.
 〔接着シートを有する台座の準備〕
 まず、台座1を準備する(図32参照)。台座1は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。
[Preparation of pedestal with adhesive sheet]
First, the base 1 is prepared (refer FIG. 32). As the pedestal 1, the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 次に、台座1上に接着シート5を貼り合わせる(図32参照)。接着シート5は、すでに説明した通り、第2の層51上に第1接着剤層50が積層された構成を有する。 Next, the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded on the base 1 (see FIG. 32). As already described, the adhesive sheet 5 has a configuration in which the first adhesive layer 50 is laminated on the second layer 51.
 第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては、第1接着剤層50の接着力が、第2の層51の接着力よりも高くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては、イミド基を有し、且つ、少なくとも一部にエーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有するポリイミド樹脂、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸、シリコーン樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂と熱硬化性樹脂を併用したもの等を挙げることができる。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51. Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 include a polyimide resin having a imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, Examples thereof include polyamic acid as a precursor, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂、及び、前記シリコーン樹脂は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 As the polyimide resin and the silicone resin, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 第1接着剤層50に前記シリコーン樹脂を用いる場合、第1接着剤層50には、必要に応じて、他の添加剤を含有し得る。このような他の添加剤としては、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 When the silicone resin is used for the first adhesive layer 50, the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives as necessary. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 第2の層51を構成する組成物としては、第2の層51の接着力が、第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような第2の層51を構成する材料としては、Cu,Cr,Ni,Ti等の無機材料を挙げることができる。 The composition constituting the second layer 51 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. Examples of the material constituting the second layer 51 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
 また、第2の層51を構成する組成物としては、前記第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物として説明した前記ポリイミド樹脂を用いてもよく、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸を用いてもよく、前記シリコーン樹脂を用いてもよく、前記熱可塑性樹脂と前記熱硬化性樹脂とを併用したものを用いてもよい。 Further, as the composition constituting the second layer 51, the polyimide resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may be used, and the polyamide which is a precursor of the polyimide resin An acid may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
 (接着シートの製造)
 接着シート5は、例えば、次の通りにして作製される。まず、第2の層51を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。次に、前記溶液を基材上に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成した後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる等して、第2の層51とする。前記基材としては、SUS304、6-4アロイ、アルミ箔、銅箔、Ni箔などの金属箔や、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレンや、フッ素系剥離剤、長鎖アルキルアクリレート系剥離剤等の剥離剤により表面コートされたプラスチックフィルムや紙等が使用可能である。また、塗布方法としては特に限定されず、例えば、ロール塗工、スクリーン塗工、グラビア塗工、スピンコート塗工等が挙げられる。
(Manufacture of adhesive sheets)
The adhesive sheet 5 is produced as follows, for example. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the second layer 51 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied to a base material so as to have a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the second layer 51. Examples of the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent. A plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned.
 一方、第1接着剤層50を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。 Meanwhile, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.
 次に、第2の層51が積層されている前記基材の上に、前記の第1接着剤層50を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を第2の層51の側に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成する。その後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる等して、第1接着剤層50とする。以上より、図30に示されるような接着シート5が得られる。なお、図31に示されるような接着シート6も同様の方法により作成することができる。 Next, on the base material on which the second layer 51 is laminated, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 has a predetermined thickness on the second layer 51 side. Coating is performed to form a coating film. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under predetermined conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. From the above, an adhesive sheet 5 as shown in FIG. 30 is obtained. In addition, the adhesive sheet 6 as shown in FIG. 31 can also be created by the same method.
 〔配線層の形成〕
 次に、台座1の接着シート5上に配線層2を形成する(図33参照)。接着シートを有する台座上に配線層を形成する方法は、第1の本発明の項で説明した方法を採用することができる。
[Formation of wiring layer]
Next, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1 (see FIG. 33). As a method for forming the wiring layer on the pedestal having the adhesive sheet, the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
〔実装工程、剥離工程、ダイシング〕
 次に、上記で得た配線層2(台座1が剥離可能に付いたもの)に対して、チップを実装する(図34参照)。その後、配線層2のエージングを行い、さらに、必要に応じて配線層2上の各チップ3に樹脂封止を施す(図35参照)。なお、樹脂封止には、シート状の封止用樹脂シートを用いてもよく、液状の樹脂封止材を用いてもよい。その後、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する(図36参照)。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図37参照)。なお、配線層2に対して、チップを実装する(フリップチップ接続)際には、配線層2とチップの間にアンダーフィル用の樹脂を用いてもよい。アンダーフィル用の樹脂は、シート状のものであってもよく、液状のものであってもよい。また、上述した実施形態では、チップを実装後、樹脂封止を施す場合について説明したが、樹脂封止する代わりに、チップ上に従来公知のフリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムが形成されたものを用いてもよい。前記フリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムは、被着体上にフリップチップ接続されたチップ(半導体素子)の裏面に形成するためのフィルムであり、詳細は、例えば、特開2011-249739号公報等に開示されているため、ここでの説明は省略する。
[Mounting process, peeling process, dicing]
Next, a chip is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained above (with the base 1 being detachable) (see FIG. 34). Thereafter, aging of the wiring layer 2 is performed, and further, resin sealing is performed on each chip 3 on the wiring layer 2 as necessary (see FIG. 35). For resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet may be used, or a liquid resin sealing material may be used. Thereafter, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 (see FIG. 36). When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 37). In mounting a chip on the wiring layer 2 (flip chip connection), an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip. The underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid. In the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin sealing is performed after the chip is mounted has been described. Instead of the resin sealing, a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used. The flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
 上述した実施形態では、第1接着剤層と第2の層と台座と同じサイズである場合について説明した。しかしながら、第3の本発明において、第1接着剤層と第2の層の積層態様は、この例に限定されない。第3の本発明の接着シートは、例えば、台座に接する側の層が台座に接さない側の層よりも大きくてもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the case where the first adhesive layer, the second layer, and the base are the same size has been described. However, in the third aspect of the present invention, the lamination mode of the first adhesive layer and the second layer is not limited to this example. In the adhesive sheet of the third aspect of the present invention, for example, the layer on the side contacting the pedestal may be larger than the layer on the side not contacting the pedestal.
 図38は、他の実施形態に係る接着シートに、配線層が形成され、且つ、半導体チップが実装された様子を示す断面模式図である。図38に示すように、接着シート105は、第1接着剤層150と第1接着剤層150よりも平面視でサイズの大きい第2の層151とが積層された構成を有している。接着シート105は、第2の層151が台座1と接する態様で台座1に固定されている。接着シート105の台座1とは反対側には、配線層2が形成されている。配線層2上には、半導体チップ3が実装されている。配線層2は、第1接着剤層150上、及び、第2の層151が露出している部分上に形成されている。このような形状であっても、分離する工程において、例えば、第1接着剤層150と第2の層151との界面や、第2の層151と台座1との界面で剥離することができる。 FIG. 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a wiring layer is formed and a semiconductor chip is mounted on an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment. As shown in FIG. 38, the adhesive sheet 105 has a configuration in which a first adhesive layer 150 and a second layer 151 having a size larger than that of the first adhesive layer 150 in plan view are stacked. The adhesive sheet 105 is fixed to the pedestal 1 such that the second layer 151 is in contact with the pedestal 1. A wiring layer 2 is formed on the side of the adhesive sheet 105 opposite to the base 1. A semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2. The wiring layer 2 is formed on the first adhesive layer 150 and on the portion where the second layer 151 is exposed. Even in such a shape, in the step of separating, for example, it can be peeled off at the interface between the first adhesive layer 150 and the second layer 151 or at the interface between the second layer 151 and the base 1. .
 また、第3の本発明においては、例えば、第1接着剤層と第2の層とのいずれもが台座よりもサイズが小さくてもよい。図39は、他の実施形態に係る接着シートに、配線層が形成され、且つ、半導体チップが実装された様子を示す断面模式図である。図39に示すように、接着シート205は、第1接着剤層250と第2の層251とのいずれもが同じサイズであり、且つ、台座1よりも平面視でサイズが小さい構成を有している。接着シート205は、第2の層251が台座1と接する態様で台座1に固定されている。接着シート205の台座1とは反対側には、配線層2が形成されている。配線層2上には、半導体チップ3が実装されている。配線層2は、第1接着剤層150上、及び、台座1が露出している部分上に形成されている。このような形状であっても、分離する工程において、例えば、第1接着剤層250と第2の層251との界面や、第2の層251と台座1との界面で剥離することができる。なお、図39の例では、第1接着剤層250と第2の層251とが同一のサイズである場合について説明したが、第1接着剤層250が第2の層251よりもサイズが小さくてもよい。この場合、配線層2を第1接着剤層250上と、第2の層251の露出している部分上と、台座1の露出している部分上に形成してもよい。
 図39で示した例では、台座1の露出している部分にも配線層が形成される場合について説明した。しかしながら、第3の本発明では、接着シートを貼り付けた後に、台座が露出している場合であっても(第1接着剤層と第2の層との両方が台座よりサイズが小さい場合であっても)、台座が露出している部分に配線層を形成せず、接着シート上にのみ配線層を形成することとしてもよい。
In the third aspect of the present invention, for example, both the first adhesive layer and the second layer may be smaller in size than the pedestal. FIG. 39 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a state in which a wiring layer is formed and a semiconductor chip is mounted on an adhesive sheet according to another embodiment. As shown in FIG. 39, the adhesive sheet 205 has a configuration in which both the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 have the same size, and are smaller in size than the base 1 in plan view. ing. The adhesive sheet 205 is fixed to the pedestal 1 such that the second layer 251 is in contact with the pedestal 1. A wiring layer 2 is formed on the side of the adhesive sheet 205 opposite to the base 1. A semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2. The wiring layer 2 is formed on the first adhesive layer 150 and a portion where the base 1 is exposed. Even in such a shape, in the step of separating, for example, it can be peeled off at the interface between the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 or at the interface between the second layer 251 and the base 1. . In the example of FIG. 39, the case where the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 have the same size has been described. However, the first adhesive layer 250 is smaller in size than the second layer 251. May be. In this case, the wiring layer 2 may be formed on the first adhesive layer 250, on the exposed portion of the second layer 251, and on the exposed portion of the base 1.
In the example shown in FIG. 39, the case where the wiring layer is formed also in the exposed part of the base 1 has been described. However, in the third aspect of the present invention, even when the pedestal is exposed after the adhesive sheet is attached (when both the first adhesive layer and the second layer are smaller in size than the pedestal). However, the wiring layer may be formed only on the adhesive sheet without forming the wiring layer in the portion where the pedestal is exposed.
 以上、第3の本発明に係る実施形態について説明した。 The embodiment according to the third aspect of the present invention has been described above.
 <第4の本発明>
 以下、第4の本発明に関し、第1の本発明と異なる点を説明する。第4の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法は、特に本第4の本発明の項で説明した以外の特性、効果として、第1の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法と同様の特性、効果を発揮することができる。
<Fourth Invention>
Hereinafter, regarding the fourth aspect of the present invention, differences from the first aspect of the present invention will be described. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention has the same characteristics and effects as those of the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the present invention, in particular, as characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the fourth aspect of the present invention. It can be demonstrated.
 第4の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、仮止め用シートを台座上に配置するとともに、前記仮止め用シートと台座端部の傾斜部分との間に前記仮止めシートよりも接着力の高い接着剤層を形成して、前記仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程と、前記台座に固定された前記仮止め用シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、前記実装の後、前記接着剤層を前記仮止め用シートから分離することにより、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, wherein a temporary fixing sheet is disposed on a pedestal, and the temporary fixing Forming an adhesive layer having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet between the sheet and the inclined portion of the pedestal end, and fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the pedestal; and the fixed to the pedestal On the temporary fixing sheet, a step of forming wiring, a step of mounting a work on the wiring, and after the mounting, separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet, a work with wiring And at least a step of separating from the pedestal.
 以下、第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。尚、第4の本発明で用いている「上面」、「下面」など、上下を示す語句は、あくまで層の位置関係を説明するためのものであって、仮止め用シートや半導体装置の実際の上下の姿勢を限定するものではない。なお、以下の実施形態では、第4の本発明のワークが、半導体チップである場合について説明するが、この例に限定されず、回路が形成されていないウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されているウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハであってもよい。 Hereinafter, each process according to an embodiment of the fourth invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface” and the like used in the fourth aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship between layers, and are used for temporary fixing sheets and semiconductor devices. It does not limit the up and down posture. In the following embodiment, a case where the work of the fourth aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor chip will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
 [仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程]
 図40~図46は、第4の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。図40(a)は、仮止め用シートを台座に固定した状態を示す図であり、図40(b)は、その部分拡大図である。まず、図40(a)、及び、図40(b)に示すように、仮止め用シート5を台座1上に配置するとともに、仮止め用シート5と台座端部の傾斜部分11との間に仮止めシート5よりも接着力の高い接着剤層50を形成して、仮止め用シート5を台座1に固定する。具体的には、例えば、まず、仮止め用シート5を台座1上に配置し、次に、仮止め用シート5と台座端部の傾斜部分11との間に液状の接着剤組成物を塗布し、乾燥等させることにより、接着剤層50を形成して、仮止め用シート5を台座1に固定する方法が挙げられる。また、仮止め用シート5の外周部分(傾斜部分11に対応する部分)にシート状物としての接着剤層50を予め設けておき、仮止め用シート5を台座1上に配置した際に、当該接着剤層50を、台座1の傾斜部分11に貼り付けることより、仮止め用シート5を台座1に固定する方法が挙げられる。また、仮止め用シート5の外周部分(傾斜部分11に対応する部分)に液状の接着剤層形成用溶液を塗布(例えば、スプレー塗布)しておき、仮止め用シート5を台座1上に配置する際に、当該塗布した部分を台座1の傾斜部分11に対応させて配置し、その後、硬化させて接着剤層50とすることにより、仮止め用シート5を台座1に固定する方法が挙げられる。
 本実施形態では、図40(b)に示すように、仮止め用シート5の端部が、台座1の端部よりも内側、且つ、台座1の傾斜部分の傾斜開始位置よりも外側であることが好ましい。具体的には、台座1の端部と仮止め用シート5の端部との横方向(仮止め用シートの面に水平方向)の距離をD1(図40(b)参照)とすると、D1は、台座1のアール半径D2(図40(b)参照)の10分の1、すなわち、(D2)/10よりも大きいことが好ましい。
 また、D1は、D2の3分の2、すなわち、(D2)×(2/3)よりも小さいことが好ましい。D1が、D2の10分の1よりも大きいと、仮止め用シート5が他の部材(例えば、搬送に使用するカセット)に触れ、めくれ上がることを防止することができる。また、D1が、D2の3分の2よりも小さいと、接着剤剤層50による接着部分の面積をある程度確保でき、接着信頼性に優れる。なお、前記D2は、通常、0.1~0.4mmである。D1を、(D2)/10よりも大きくすることにより、カセット収納時などに接着剤層が擦れ、異物発生の原因となることを抑制することができる。
[Step of fixing temporary fixing sheet to pedestal]
40 to 46 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 40A is a diagram showing a state where the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the pedestal, and FIG. 40B is a partially enlarged view thereof. First, as shown in FIGS. 40 (a) and 40 (b), the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end. Then, the adhesive layer 50 having higher adhesive strength than the temporary fixing sheet 5 is formed, and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is fixed to the base 1. Specifically, for example, first, the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and then a liquid adhesive composition is applied between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end. Then, by drying, etc., a method of forming the adhesive layer 50 and fixing the temporary fixing sheet 5 to the base 1 can be mentioned. In addition, when the adhesive layer 50 as a sheet-like material is provided in advance on the outer peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 (the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11), and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the base 1, A method of fixing the temporary fixing sheet 5 to the pedestal 1 by affixing the adhesive layer 50 to the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 can be mentioned. Further, a liquid adhesive layer forming solution is applied (for example, spray coating) to the outer peripheral portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 (the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11), and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is placed on the base 1. A method of fixing the temporarily fixing sheet 5 to the pedestal 1 by arranging the applied portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 and then curing it to form the adhesive layer 50 when arranging. Can be mentioned.
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 40B, the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is inside the end portion of the pedestal 1 and outside the tilt start position of the inclined portion of the pedestal 1. It is preferable. Specifically, when the distance in the lateral direction (horizontal direction of the surface of the temporary fixing sheet) between the end of the base 1 and the end of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is D1 (see FIG. 40B), D1 Is preferably one tenth of the radius D2 of the pedestal 1 (see FIG. 40B), that is, larger than (D2) / 10.
Further, D1 is preferably smaller than two-thirds of D2, that is, (D2) × (2/3). When D1 is larger than 1/10 of D2, it is possible to prevent the temporary fixing sheet 5 from touching another member (for example, a cassette used for conveyance) and turning up. Moreover, when D1 is smaller than two thirds of D2, the area of the adhesion part by the adhesive bond layer 50 can be ensured to some extent, and it is excellent in adhesion reliability. The D2 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm. By making D1 larger than (D2) / 10, it is possible to prevent the adhesive layer from being rubbed and causing foreign matter when the cassette is stored.
 [配線を形成する工程]
 次に、仮止め用シート5上に、半導体チップ3の電極31に接続し得る接続用導体部21と配線26を有する配線層2を、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に露出するように形成する(図41参照)。配線層2は、仮止め用シート5側に、外部と電気的な接続を行なうための外部接続用導体部22を有する。なお、図41では、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に凸状に露出している場合を示しているが、第4の本発明において接続用導体部は、配線層の上面に露出してればよく、接続用導体部の上面が、配線層の上面と面一であってもよい。
[Process for forming wiring]
Next, the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 on the temporary fixing sheet 5. (See FIG. 41). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the temporary fixing sheet 5 side. FIG. 41 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2, but in the fourth aspect of the present invention, the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer. The upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer.
 [半導体チップを実装する工程]
 次に、図42に示すように、配線層2の接続用導体部21と半導体チップ3の電極31とを接続して、配線層2(配線26)に半導体チップ3を実装する。図42では、実装後の接続用導体部21、電極31のそれぞれの突起を省略して示している。なお、図42では、配線層2に複数の半導体チップ3が実装される場合を示しているが、配線層に実装する半導体チップの数は、特に限定されず、1つであってもよい。
[Process for mounting semiconductor chip]
Next, as shown in FIG. 42, the connecting conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). In FIG. 42, the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted. 42 shows the case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
 次に、図43に示すように、必要に応じて、半導体チップ3を覆うように樹脂32による樹脂封止を行なう。樹脂封止に用いる樹脂32は、従来公知のもの等を適宜用いることができ、樹脂封止方法についても、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 43, resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary. As the resin 32 used for resin sealing, a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
 [台座から分離する工程]
 次に、接着剤層50を仮止め用シート5から分離することにより、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する(図44参照)。仮止め用シート5の台座1への固定は、主に台座端部の傾斜部分11に形成された接着剤層50により行なわれているため、接着剤層50を仮止め用シート5から分離すれば、外力により、容易に台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離することが可能となる。接着剤層50を仮止め用シート5から分離する方法としては、溶剤により接着剤層50を溶解させて接着剤層50を仮止め用シート5から分離する方法、仮止め用シート5に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着剤層50を仮止め用シート5から分離する方法、接着剤層50を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させ、接着剤層50を仮止め用シート5から分離する方法等を挙げることができる。本実施形態においては、接着剤層50が台座端部の傾斜部分11に形成されているため、接着剤層50を溶剤により溶解させたり、仮止め用シート5をカッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、接着剤層50の接着力を低下させ易い。なかでも、仮止め用シート5から接着剤層50が分離するように切り込みを入れることにより、配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離することが好ましい。仮止め用シート5に切り込みを入れればよいため、簡便に配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離可能であるからである。接着剤層50に切り込みを入れる場合、配線26(図41参照)に切り込みが入らない程度で、配線層2に切り込みが入ってもよいが、図45に示すように、配線層2に切り込みが入らないように、仮止め用シート5に切り込みを入れることが好ましい。配線層2に切り込みが入らないように、仮止め用シート5に切り込みを入れると、平面視で、台座1の面積とほぼ同じ面積でデバイス(配線層2付きの半導体チップ3)を得ることが可能となるからである。配線層2に切り込みが入らないように仮止め用シート5に切り込みを入れる方法としては、図45に示すように、斜め上方向から仮止め用シート5のみにカッター等の刃物やレーザーによる切り込み14を形成する方法が挙げられる。また、横方向から接着剤剤層50と仮止め用シート5との界面にカッター等の刃物やレーザーによる切り込みを形成する方法も挙げられる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
Next, by separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 (see FIG. 44). Since the temporary fixing sheet 5 is fixed to the pedestal 1 mainly by the adhesive layer 50 formed on the inclined portion 11 at the pedestal end, the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5. For example, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from each other by an external force. As a method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5, a method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 by dissolving the adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, A method in which the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5 by physically cutting with a laser or the like, and the adhesive layer 50 is formed of a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating. A method of lowering and separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 can be exemplified. In the present embodiment, since the adhesive layer 50 is formed on the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end, the adhesive layer 50 is dissolved by a solvent, or the temporary fixing sheet 5 is physically used by a cutter, a laser, or the like. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50 by making a cut. Especially, it is preferable to separate the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 from the pedestal 1 by making a cut so that the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5. This is because the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from the pedestal 1 because the temporary fixing sheet 5 may be cut. When cutting the adhesive layer 50, the wiring layer 2 may be cut to such an extent that the wiring 26 (see FIG. 41) does not cut, but as shown in FIG. 45, the wiring layer 2 is cut. It is preferable to make a cut in the temporary fixing sheet 5 so as not to enter. When a cut is made in the temporary fixing sheet 5 so as not to make a cut in the wiring layer 2, a device (semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2) can be obtained with an area substantially the same as the area of the base 1 in a plan view. This is because it becomes possible. As a method of making a cut in the temporary fixing sheet 5 so as not to cut into the wiring layer 2, as shown in FIG. 45, a cutting tool 14 such as a cutter or a laser is used to cut only the temporary fixing sheet 5 from an obliquely upward direction. The method of forming is mentioned. Further, a method of forming a cutting tool such as a cutter or a laser incision at the interface between the adhesive layer 50 and the temporary fixing sheet 5 from the lateral direction can be mentioned.
 その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図46参照)。なお、台座1を剥離した配線層2に対して、ハンダボールを付与するといった加工を施してもよい。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 46). In addition, you may give the process of providing a solder ball with respect to the wiring layer 2 which peeled the base 1. FIG.
 以上、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明した。以下、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明する。 The outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to this embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment will be described in detail.
 〔仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程〕
 まず、台座1を準備する(図40(a)参照)。台座1は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。
[Step of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the base]
First, the pedestal 1 is prepared (see FIG. 40A). As the pedestal 1, the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 次に、仮止め用シート5を台座1上に配置するとともに、仮止め用シート5と台座端部の傾斜部分11との間に仮止めシート5よりも接着力の高い接着剤層50を形成して、仮止め用シート5を台座1に固定する(図40(a)及び図40(b)参照)。 Next, the temporary fixing sheet 5 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and an adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive force than the temporary fixing sheet 5 is formed between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end. And the sheet | seat 5 for temporary fixing is fixed to the base 1 (refer Fig.40 (a) and FIG.40 (b)).
 接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては、接着剤層50の接着力が、仮止めシート5よりも高くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては、イミド基を有し、且つ、少なくとも一部にエーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有するポリイミド樹脂、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸、シリコーン樹脂、熱可塑性樹脂と熱硬化性樹脂を併用したもの等を挙げることができる。 The adhesive composition constituting the adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as it is selected so that the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50 is higher than that of the temporary fixing sheet 5. Examples of the adhesive composition constituting the adhesive layer 50 include a polyimide resin having an imide group and a structural unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure at least partially, and a precursor of the polyimide resin. And polyamic acid, a silicone resin, and a combination of a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂、及び、前記シリコーン樹脂は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 As the polyimide resin and the silicone resin, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 接着剤層50に前記シリコーン樹脂を用いる場合、接着剤層50には、必要に応じて、他の添加剤を含有し得る。このような他の添加剤としては、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 When using the said silicone resin for the adhesive bond layer 50, the adhesive bond layer 50 can contain another additive as needed. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 仮止め用シート5を構成する組成物としては、仮止め用シート5の接着力が、接着剤層50の接着力よりも低くなるように選択する限り、特に限定されない。このような仮止め用シート5を構成する材料としては、Cu,Cr,Ni,Ti等の無機材料を挙げることができる。 The composition constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is selected to be lower than the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50. Examples of the material constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.
 また、仮止め用シート5を構成する組成物としては、前記接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物として説明した前記ポリイミド樹脂を用いてもよく、前記ポリイミド樹脂の前駆体であるポリアミド酸を用いてもよく、前記シリコーン樹脂を用いてもよく、前記熱可塑性樹脂と前記熱硬化性樹脂とを併用したものを用いてもよい。 Moreover, as a composition which comprises the sheet | seat 5 for temporary fixing, you may use the said polyimide resin demonstrated as the adhesive composition which comprises the said adhesive bond layer 50, The polyamic acid which is the precursor of the said polyimide resin is used. It may be used, the silicone resin may be used, or a combination of the thermoplastic resin and the thermosetting resin may be used.
 (仮止め用シートの製造)
 仮止め用シート5は、例えば、次の通りにして作製される。まず、仮止め用シート5を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を作製する。次に、前記溶液を基材上に所定厚みとなる様に塗布して塗布膜を形成した後、該塗布膜を所定条件下で乾燥させる。前記基材としては、SUS304、6-4アロイ、アルミ箔、銅箔、Ni箔などの金属箔や、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレンや、フッ素系剥離剤、長鎖アルキルアクリレート系剥離剤等の剥離剤により表面コートされたプラスチックフィルムや紙等が使用可能である。また、塗布方法としては特に限定されず、例えば、ロール塗工、スクリーン塗工、グラビア塗工、スピンコート塗工等が挙げられる。これにより、本実施形態に係る仮止め用シート5が得られる。
(Manufacture of temporary fixing sheets)
The temporary fixing sheet 5 is produced, for example, as follows. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the temporary fixing sheet 5 is prepared. Next, the solution is applied on a substrate to a predetermined thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under a predetermined condition. Examples of the substrate include metal foil such as SUS304, 6-4 alloy, aluminum foil, copper foil, Ni foil, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene, fluorine-based release agent, and long-chain alkyl acrylate-type release agent. A plastic film, paper, or the like whose surface is coated with a release agent such as, can be used. Moreover, it does not specifically limit as a coating method, For example, roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, spin coat coating etc. are mentioned. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet 5 according to the present embodiment is obtained.
 〔配線層の形成〕
 次に、台座1の仮止め用シート5上に配線層2を形成する(図41参照)。仮止め用シートを有する台座上に配線層を形成する方法は、第1の本発明の項で説明した方法を採用することができる。
[Formation of wiring layer]
Next, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the temporary fixing sheet 5 of the base 1 (see FIG. 41). As a method of forming the wiring layer on the pedestal having the temporary fixing sheet, the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
〔実装工程、剥離工程、ダイシング〕
 次に、上記で得た配線層2(台座1が剥離可能に付いたもの)に対して、チップを実装する(図42参照)。その後、配線層2のエージングを行い、さらに、必要に応じて配線層2上の各チップ3に樹脂封止を施す(図43参照)。なお、樹脂封止には、シート状の封止用樹脂シートを用いてもよく、液状の樹脂封止材を用いてもよい。その後、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する(図44参照)。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図46参照)。なお、配線層2に対して、チップを実装する(フリップチップ接続)際には、配線層2とチップの間にアンダーフィル用の樹脂を用いてもよい。アンダーフィル用の樹脂は、シート状のものであってもよく、液状のものであってもよい。また、上述した実施形態では、チップを実装後、樹脂封止を施す場合について説明したが、樹脂封止する代わりに、チップ上に従来公知のフリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムが形成されたものを用いてもよい。前記フリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムは、被着体上にフリップチップ接続されたチップ(半導体素子)の裏面に形成するためのフィルムであり、詳細は、例えば、特開2011-249739号公報等に開示されているため、ここでの説明は省略する。
[Mounting process, peeling process, dicing]
Next, a chip is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained above (with the base 1 being peelable) (see FIG. 42). Thereafter, aging of the wiring layer 2 is performed, and further, resin sealing is performed on each chip 3 on the wiring layer 2 as necessary (see FIG. 43). For resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet may be used, or a liquid resin sealing material may be used. Thereafter, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 (see FIG. 44). When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 46). In mounting a chip on the wiring layer 2 (flip chip connection), an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip. The underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid. In the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin sealing is performed after the chip is mounted has been described. Instead of the resin sealing, a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used. The flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
 上述した実施形態では、接着剤層が台座の傾斜部分にのみ形成する場合について説明した。しかしながら、第4の本発明においては、この例に限定されず、傾斜部分からさらに内側(台座の中央側)にわたって接着剤層を形成してもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the case where the adhesive layer is formed only on the inclined portion of the pedestal has been described. However, the fourth aspect of the present invention is not limited to this example, and an adhesive layer may be formed from the inclined portion to the inner side (the center side of the base).
 図47は、他の実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。図47を用いて説明する他の実施形態においては、仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程、及び、台座から分離する工程以外は、上述した実施形態とほぼ同様であるから、その説明は省略し、以下では、仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程、及び、台座から分離する工程について説明することとする。 FIG. 47 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an outline of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment. In another embodiment described with reference to FIG. 47, the steps other than the step of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the pedestal and the step of separating from the pedestal are substantially the same as those of the above-described embodiment. In the following, the process of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the pedestal and the process of separating from the pedestal will be described.
 [仮止め用シートを台座に固定する工程]
 図47に示すように、仮止め用シート105は、外周部分(台座の傾斜部分、及び、前記傾斜部分よりも内側の部分)に凹部105aを有する。本実施形態では、まず、図47に示すように、仮止め用シート105を台座1上に配置するとともに、台座端部の傾斜部分11及び凹部105aの部分に仮止めシート105よりも接着力の高い接着剤層150を形成して、仮止め用シート105を台座1に固定する。具体的には、例えば、まず、凹部105aを有する仮止め用シート105を台座1上に配置し、次に、傾斜部分11及び凹部105aの部分に液状の接着剤組成物を塗布し、乾燥等させることにより、接着剤層150を形成して、仮止め用シート105を台座1に固定する方法が挙げられる。また、凹部105aを有する仮止め用シート105の傾斜部分11に対応する部分、及び、凹部105aの部分にシート状物としての接着剤層150を予め設けておき、仮止め用シート105を台座1上に配置した際に、当該接着剤層150を、台座1の傾斜部分11が含まれるように貼り付けることより、仮止め用シート105を台座1に固定する方法が挙げられる。また、仮止め用シート105の傾斜部分11に対応する部分、及び、凹部105aの部分に液状の接着剤層形成用溶液を塗布(例えば、スプレー塗布)しておき、仮止め用シート105を台座1上に配置する際に、当該塗布した部分を台座1の傾斜部分11が含まれるように配置し、その後、硬化させて接着剤層150とすることにより、仮止め用シート105を台座1に固定する方法が挙げられる。本実施形態では、図47に示す通り、仮止め用シート105の端部が、台座1の端部と一致している。しかしながら、第4の本発明において、仮止め用シートの端部は、この例に限定されず、仮止め用シートを接着剤層により台座に固定できる範囲内において、台座の端部よりも所定の距離(例えば、10mm)内側であってもよい。
[Step of fixing temporary fixing sheet to pedestal]
As shown in FIG. 47, the temporary fixing sheet 105 has a recess 105a in the outer peripheral portion (the inclined portion of the pedestal and the portion inside the inclined portion). In the present embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 47, the temporary fixing sheet 105 is disposed on the pedestal 1, and the inclined portion 11 and the concave portion 105a at the end of the pedestal are more adhesive than the temporary fixing sheet 105. A high adhesive layer 150 is formed, and the temporary fixing sheet 105 is fixed to the base 1. Specifically, for example, first, the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a is disposed on the base 1, and then a liquid adhesive composition is applied to the inclined portion 11 and the concave portion 105a, followed by drying or the like. Thus, there is a method of forming the adhesive layer 150 and fixing the temporary fixing sheet 105 to the base 1. In addition, an adhesive layer 150 as a sheet-like material is provided in advance on a portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a and on the concave portion 105a, and the temporary fixing sheet 105 is attached to the base 1. A method of fixing the temporary fixing sheet 105 to the pedestal 1 by attaching the adhesive layer 150 so as to include the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 when placed on the pedestal 1 can be mentioned. In addition, a liquid adhesive layer forming solution is applied to the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the temporary fixing sheet 105 and the concave portion 105a (for example, spray application), and the temporary fixing sheet 105 is mounted on the base. 1 is disposed so that the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal 1 is included and then cured to form an adhesive layer 150, whereby the temporary fixing sheet 105 is placed on the pedestal 1. The method of fixing is mentioned. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 47, the end of the temporary fixing sheet 105 coincides with the end of the base 1. However, in the fourth aspect of the present invention, the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet is not limited to this example, and within a range in which the temporary fixing sheet can be fixed to the pedestal by the adhesive layer, the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet is more predetermined than the end portion of the pedestal. It may be inside the distance (for example, 10 mm).
 [台座から分離する工程]
 本台座から分離する工程では、接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離することにより、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。仮止め用シート105の台座1への固定は、主に台座端部の傾斜部分11及び傾斜部分11からさらに内側にわたって形成された接着剤層150により行なわれているため、接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離すれば、外力により、容易に台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離することが可能となる。接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離する方法としては、溶剤により接着剤層150を溶解させて接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離する方法、仮止め用シート105に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離する方法、接着剤層150を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させ、接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離する方法等を挙げることができる。本実施形態においては、接着剤層150が台座端部の傾斜部分11からさらに内側にわたって形成されているため、図47に示すように、半導体チップ3側から、接着シート105に達するまで切り込み165を入れることが好ましい。この際、樹脂32、及び、配線層2にも同時に切り込みが入ることになる。また、上述した実施形態と同様に、配線層2に切り込みが入らないように、斜め上方向から仮止め用シート105のみに切り込みを入れてもよい。これにより、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とは、仮止め用シート105のみを介して対向することとなる。その後、外力を加えることにより、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離する。この際、台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とは、比較的接着力の低い仮止め用シート105のみを介して対向しているため、外力により、容易に台座1と配線層2付きの半導体チップ3とを上下に分離することが可能となる。切り込みの形成方法としては、従来公知の方法等を採用することができ、カッター等の刃物やレーザー等による高エネルギー線を用いることができる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
In the step of separating from the base, the semiconductor layer 3 with the resin-sealed wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 by separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105. The temporary fixing sheet 105 is fixed to the pedestal 1 mainly by the inclined portion 11 at the pedestal end and the adhesive layer 150 formed further from the inclined portion 11 to the inner side. If it is separated from the fixing sheet 105, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated vertically by external force. As a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105, a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by dissolving the adhesive layer 150 with a solvent, A method in which the adhesive layer 150 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by physically cutting with a laser or the like, and the adhesive layer 150 is formed of a material whose adhesive strength is reduced by heating. And a method of reducing the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105. In the present embodiment, since the adhesive layer 150 is formed further from the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end portion to the inner side, the notch 165 is formed from the semiconductor chip 3 side until reaching the adhesive sheet 105 as shown in FIG. It is preferable to add. At this time, the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2 are simultaneously cut. Similarly to the above-described embodiment, only the temporary fixing sheet 105 may be cut from an obliquely upward direction so that the wiring layer 2 is not cut. As a result, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 face each other only through the temporary fixing sheet 105. Thereafter, by applying an external force, the base 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are separated vertically. At this time, since the pedestal 1 and the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only through the temporary fixing sheet 105 having a relatively low adhesive force, the pedestal 1 and the wiring layer 2 are easily attached by an external force. The semiconductor chip 3 can be separated vertically. As a method for forming the cut, a conventionally known method or the like can be adopted, and a cutting tool such as a cutter or a high energy beam by a laser or the like can be used.
 上述した実施形態では、外周部分(台座の傾斜部分、及び、前記傾斜部分よりも内側の部分)に凹部105aを有する仮止め用シート105を用い、図47に示すように、半導体チップ3側から、接着シート105に達するまで切り込み165を入れることにより、接着剤層150を仮止め用シート105から分離する場合について説明した。しかしながら、第4の本発明はこの例に限定されず、外周部分に凹部を有さない仮止め用シート(例えば、図40(a)に示した仮止め用シート5)を用い、半導体チップ側から、接着シートに達するまで切り込みを入れることにより、接着剤層を仮止め用シートから分離してもよい。 In the embodiment described above, the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the recess 105a is used in the outer peripheral portion (the inclined portion of the base and the inner portion of the inclined portion), as shown in FIG. The case where the adhesive layer 150 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by making a cut 165 until reaching the adhesive sheet 105 has been described. However, the fourth aspect of the present invention is not limited to this example, and uses a temporary fixing sheet (for example, the temporary fixing sheet 5 shown in FIG. Then, the adhesive layer may be separated from the temporary fixing sheet by making a cut until reaching the adhesive sheet.
 以上、第4の本発明に係る実施形態について説明した。 The embodiment according to the fourth aspect of the present invention has been described above.
 <第5の本発明>
 以下、第5の本発明に関し、第1の本発明と異なる点を説明する。第5の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートは、特に本第5の本発明の項で説明した以外の特性、効果として、第1の本発明の半導体装置の製造方法、及び、接着シートと同様の特性、効果を発揮することができる。
<Fifth Invention>
Hereinafter, regarding the fifth aspect of the present invention, differences from the first aspect of the present invention will be described. The semiconductor device manufacturing method and the adhesive sheet according to the fifth aspect of the present invention have, in particular, characteristics and effects other than those described in the section of the fifth aspect of the present invention. The same characteristics and effects as the adhesive sheet can be exhibited.
 第5の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法は、ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、第1接着剤層と、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする第2の層とを有し、台座に貼り付けた後の前記第2の層の接着力が、前記第1接着剤層の接着力より低い接着シートを準備する工程と、前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程とを少なくとも含む。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fifth aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on a wiring, and includes a first adhesive layer, a structure having a large number of through holes, and And / or a second layer having a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton, and the adhesive strength of the second layer after being attached to a pedestal is lower than the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer A step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the pedestal, a step of forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal, a step of mounting a work on the wiring, and the mounting And a step of separating the work with wiring from the pedestal.
 以下、第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る各工程について図面を参照しつつ説明する。尚、第5の本発明で用いている「上面」、「下面」など、上下を示す語句は、あくまで層の位置関係を説明するためのものであって、接着シートや半導体装置の実際の上下の姿勢を限定するものではない。なお、以下の実施形態では、第5の本発明のワークが、半導体チップである場合について説明するが、この例に限定されず、回路が形成されていないウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されているウエハであってもよく、回路が形成されていない個片化されたウエハであってもよい。 Hereinafter, each process according to an embodiment of the fifth invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that the terms “upper surface”, “lower surface”, and the like used in the fifth aspect of the present invention are only for explaining the positional relationship of the layers, and are the actual upper and lower surfaces of the adhesive sheet and the semiconductor device. It does not limit the attitude. In the following embodiment, the case where the work of the fifth aspect of the present invention is a semiconductor chip will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is not formed. It may be a wafer that has been formed, or may be a wafer that has been separated and has no circuit formed thereon.
 [接着シートを準備する工程]
 まず、第1接着剤層と、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする第2の層とを有し、台座に貼り付けた後の前記第2の層の接着力が、前記第1接着剤層の接着力より低い接着シートを準備する。
[Process for preparing adhesive sheet]
First, the second adhesive layer has a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a structure having a large number of through holes and / or a non-woven structure as a skeleton, and is attached to a pedestal. An adhesive sheet having an adhesive strength lower than that of the first adhesive layer is prepared.
 ここで、本実施形態に係る接着シートについて説明する。
[第1実施形態]
 図48は、第5の本発明の第1実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図48に示すように、接着シート5は、周辺部54が第1接着剤層50により形成されるとともに、周辺部54よりも内側の中央部53が、第1接着剤層50と多数の貫通孔を有する構造体及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする第2の層51との積層により形成されている。すなわち、接着シート5は、第2の層51と、第2の層51上に第2の層51の上面及び側面を覆う態様で積層された第1接着剤層50とを有する。第2の層51の接着力は、第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低い。なお、接着シート5は、台座に貼り合わせる工程において第2の層51が表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられる。
Here, the adhesive sheet according to the present embodiment will be described.
[First Embodiment]
FIG. 48 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the adhesive sheet according to the first embodiment of the fifth invention. As shown in FIG. 48, the adhesive sheet 5 has a peripheral portion 54 formed by the first adhesive layer 50, and a central portion 53 inside the peripheral portion 54 has a large number of penetrations with the first adhesive layer 50. It is formed by lamination with the second layer 51 having a structure having holes and / or a non-woven structure as a skeleton. That is, the adhesive sheet 5 includes a second layer 51 and a first adhesive layer 50 that is laminated on the second layer 51 in such a manner as to cover the upper surface and side surfaces of the second layer 51. The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. The adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the pedestal using the surface on the side where the second layer 51 is exposed in the step of bonding to the pedestal.
 接着シート5では、第2の層51と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層50が周辺部に存在するため、この部分において台座、及び、配線に強固に貼り合わせることができる。また、第1接着剤層50のみではなく、第1接着剤層よりも接着力の低い第2の層を有するため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、接着シート5では、第1接着剤層50のみが表出している面では、接着シート50上に形成される配線をより強固に固定することができる。また、中央部53は、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている。従って、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている中央部53は、第1接着剤層50のみで形成されている周辺部54よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部54の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、第2の層51も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シート5を台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。また、第1接着剤層50が接着シート5における周辺部54に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層50を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させ易い。
In the adhesive sheet 5, the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive strength than that of the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion, so that it can be firmly bonded to the pedestal and the wiring in this portion. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 but the 2nd layer whose adhesive force is lower than a 1st adhesive bond layer, in the process of isolate | separating later, the adhesive force of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is reduced. Then, it becomes possible to easily separate the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with the wiring up and down by an external force.
Further, in the adhesive sheet 5, the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed on the surface where only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed. The central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the pedestal and the semiconductor chip with wiring can be easily separated vertically by an external force. Moreover, since the 2nd layer 51 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 5 from a base after the process to isolate | separate. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation | separation mentioned later, the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is melt | dissolved with a solvent, or it is physically by a cutter, a laser, etc. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 by making a cut in the.
 接着シート5の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば、10μm以上であり、好ましくは50μm以上である。10μm以上であると、台座表面や配線表面の凹凸に追従でき、隙間なく接着シートを充填できる。また、接着シート5の厚さは、例えば、500μm以下であり、好ましくは300μm以下である。500μm以下であると、厚みのばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止できる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, preferably 50 μm or more. When the thickness is 10 μm or more, it is possible to follow the unevenness of the pedestal surface and the wiring surface, and the adhesive sheet can be filled without any gap. Moreover, the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 500 micrometers or less, for example, Preferably it is 300 micrometers or less. When the thickness is 500 μm or less, variation in thickness and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented.
 中央部53における第1接着剤層50の厚さは適宜設定できるが、好ましくは0.1μm以上、より好ましくは0.5μm以上、更に好ましくは1μm以上である。また、該厚さは、好ましくは300μm以下であり、より好ましくは200μm以下である。また、中央部53における第2の層51の厚さは適宜設定できる。 Although the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 in the center part 53 can be set suitably, Preferably it is 0.1 micrometer or more, More preferably, it is 0.5 micrometer or more, More preferably, it is 1 micrometer or more. Moreover, this thickness becomes like this. Preferably it is 300 micrometers or less, More preferably, it is 200 micrometers or less. Further, the thickness of the second layer 51 in the central portion 53 can be set as appropriate.
 図49は、図48に示した接着シートの平面図である。図49に示すように、接着シート5は、平面視したときの形状が円形である。接着シート5の直径は特に限定されない。例えば、接着シート5の直径は、台座の直径に対して+1.0~-1.0mmが好ましい。 49 is a plan view of the adhesive sheet shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 49, the adhesive sheet 5 has a circular shape when viewed in plan. The diameter of the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, the diameter of the adhesive sheet 5 is preferably +1.0 to −1.0 mm with respect to the diameter of the pedestal.
 また、接着シート5を平面視したとき、第2の層51の形状が円形である。接着シート5を平面視したときの第2の層51の面積は、接着シート5を平面視したときの接着シート5の面積に対して、好ましくは10%以上、より好ましくは20%以上、更に好ましくは50%以上である。10%以上であると、周辺部54に形成された第1接着剤層50を切断したり、接着力を低下させたりし易く、配線付きの半導体チップから台座を分離し易い。また、第2の層51の面積は、好ましくは99.95%以下、より好ましくは99.9%以下である。99.95%以下であると、配線付きの半導体チップを台座に強固に固定できる。 Further, when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the shape of the second layer 51 is circular. The area of the second layer 51 when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more with respect to the area of the adhesive sheet 5 when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan. Preferably it is 50% or more. If it is 10% or more, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer 50 formed in the peripheral portion 54 or to reduce the adhesive force, and to easily separate the pedestal from the semiconductor chip with wiring. The area of the second layer 51 is preferably 99.95% or less, more preferably 99.9% or less. When it is 99.95% or less, a semiconductor chip with wiring can be firmly fixed to a pedestal.
 第1接着剤層50の接着力は、例えば、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が、0.30N/20mm以上であることが好ましく、0.40N/20mm以上であることがより好ましい。0.30N/20mm以上であると、台座と接着シート5とをより強固に固定することができる。また、該90°ピール剥離力の上限は、特に限定されず、大きいほど好ましいが、例えば、30N/20mm以下、好ましくは20N/20mm以下である。 The adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably, for example, a 90 ° peel peel force on a silicon wafer under conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more. 0.40 N / 20 mm or more is more preferable. When it is 0.30 N / 20 mm or more, the base and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed. The upper limit of the 90 ° peel peel force is not particularly limited and is preferably as large as possible. For example, it is 30 N / 20 mm or less, preferably 20 N / 20 mm or less.
 第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物としては特に限定されないが、イミド基を有し、且つ、少なくとも一部にエーテル構造を有するジアミンに由来する構成単位を有するポリイミド樹脂を好適に使用できる。また、シリコーン樹脂も好適に使用できる。なかでも、耐熱性、耐薬性、糊残り性という点から、前記ポリイミド樹脂が好ましい。 Although it does not specifically limit as an adhesive composition which comprises the 1st adhesive bond layer 50, The polyimide resin which has an imide group and has a structural unit derived from the diamine which has an ether structure in at least one part is used suitably it can. Moreover, a silicone resin can also be used suitably. Especially, the said polyimide resin is preferable from the point of heat resistance, chemical resistance, and adhesive residue.
 前記ポリイミド樹脂、及び、前記シリコーン樹脂は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 As the polyimide resin and the silicone resin, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 第1接着剤層50を構成する接着剤組成物は、他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。このような他の添加剤としては、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives. As such other additives, those described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 第2の層51は、多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする。図50は、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体の一例を示す平面図である。図50に示すように、貫通孔56は、構造体57の厚さ方向(接着シート5の厚さ方向ともいえる)に貫通している。 The second layer 51 has a structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56 and / or a non-woven structure as a skeleton. FIG. 50 is a plan view showing an example of a structure having a large number of through holes. As shown in FIG. 50, the through-hole 56 penetrates in the thickness direction of the structure 57 (also referred to as the thickness direction of the adhesive sheet 5).
 多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57の開孔率を調整することで、第2の層51の接着力を調整できる。具体的には、貫通孔56が後述の接着剤組成物により充填されている場合、開孔率を大きくすることで接着力を高くでき、開口率を小さくすることで接着力を低くできる。
 構造体57の開孔率は、好ましくは5%以上であり、より好ましくは8%以上、更に好ましくは10%以上である。5%以上であると、貫通孔56に充填した接着剤組成物が被着体に到達でき、第2の層51の接着力を調整することが可能となる。
 また、開孔率は、好ましくは98%以下であり、より好ましくは95%以下であり、更に好ましくは90%以下である。98%以下であると、第1接着剤層50と同じ接着剤組成物を貫通孔56に充填した場合でも、第2の層51の接着力を第1接着剤層50に比べて低くできる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 51 can be adjusted by adjusting the aperture ratio of the structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56. Specifically, when the through hole 56 is filled with an adhesive composition described later, the adhesive force can be increased by increasing the aperture ratio, and the adhesive force can be decreased by decreasing the aperture ratio.
The porosity of the structure 57 is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 8% or more, and further preferably 10% or more. When it is 5% or more, the adhesive composition filled in the through holes 56 can reach the adherend, and the adhesive force of the second layer 51 can be adjusted.
The open area ratio is preferably 98% or less, more preferably 95% or less, and still more preferably 90% or less. When it is 98% or less, the adhesive force of the second layer 51 can be made lower than that of the first adhesive layer 50 even when the same adhesive composition as that of the first adhesive layer 50 is filled in the through holes 56.
 構造体57において、貫通孔56の形状(接着シート5を平面視したときの貫通孔56の形状)は特に限定されず、例えば、円形、楕円形、多角形等が挙げられる。貫通孔56の形状は全て同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In the structure 57, the shape of the through hole 56 (the shape of the through hole 56 when the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a circle, an ellipse, and a polygon. The shapes of the through holes 56 may all be the same or different.
 接着シート5を平面視したとき、ひとつの貫通孔56の大きさ(面積)は、好ましくは70μm以上、より好ましくは100μm以上である。また、好ましくは20mm以下、より好ましくは7mm以下である。なお、貫通孔56の大きさは全て同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 When the adhesive sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the size (area) of one through hole 56 is preferably 70 μm 2 or more, more preferably 100 μm 2 or more. Further, it is preferably 20 mm 2 or less, more preferably 7 mm 2 or less. The sizes of the through holes 56 may all be the same or different.
 多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57及び不織布状の構造体の材料は特に限定されない。例えば、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、ランダム共重合ポリプロピレン、ブロック共重合ポリプロピレン、ホモポリプロレン、ポリブテン、ポリメチルペンテン等のポリオレフィン、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、アイオノマー樹脂、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル(ランダム、交互)共重合体、エチレン-ブテン共重合体、エチレン-ヘキセン共重合体、ポリウレタン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル、ポリカーボネート、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリアミド、全芳香族ポリアミド、ポリフェニルスルフイド、アラミド(紙)、ガラス、ガラスクロス、フッ素樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、セルロース系樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、紙等が挙げられる。また、鉄、銅、ニッケル、タングステン、アルミ、金、銀、銅、真鍮、丹銅、燐青銅、ニクロム、モネルメタル、ブロンズ、ステンレス(SUS)等の金属材料が挙げられる。これらは、単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。なかでも、多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57である場合、耐熱性の点から、金属材料、前述のポリイミド樹脂、前述のシリコーン樹脂が好ましく、SUS、アルミがより好ましい。不織布状の構造体の場合、耐熱性、汚染性の点から、前述のポリイミド樹脂、前述のシリコーン樹脂、金属材料が好ましい。 The material of the structure 57 having a large number of through-holes 56 and the nonwoven structure is not particularly limited. For example, polyolefins such as low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, homopolyprolene, polybutene, polymethylpentene, ethylene-acetic acid Vinyl copolymer, ionomer resin, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester (random, alternating) copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-hexene copolymer, Polyester such as polyurethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyimide, polyetheretherketone, polyimide resin, polyetherimide, polyamide, wholly aromatic polyamide, polyphenyls Fuido, aramid (paper), glass, glass cloth, fluorine resin, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, cellulose resin, silicone resin, paper and the like. In addition, metal materials such as iron, copper, nickel, tungsten, aluminum, gold, silver, copper, brass, red copper, phosphor bronze, nichrome, monel metal, bronze, and stainless steel (SUS) can be used. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Especially, when it is the structure 57 which has many through-holes 56, from a heat resistant point, a metal material, the above-mentioned polyimide resin, and the above-mentioned silicone resin are preferable, and SUS and aluminum are more preferable. In the case of a non-woven structure, the above-described polyimide resin, the above-described silicone resin, and metal material are preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and contamination.
 多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57及び不織布状の構造体の接着力は、低いほど好ましい。例えば、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が0.30N/20mm未満であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましく、0.10N/20mm以下であることが更に好ましい。0.30N/20mm未満であると、第2の層51を容易に剥離できる。該90°ピール剥離力の下限は、例えば、0N/20mm以上であり、0.001N/20mm以上である。
 なお、多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57及び不織布状の構造体が、イミド化や熱硬化等を行なうことにより接着させるものである場合、前記90°ピール剥離力は、シリコンウェハに固定した状態(例えば、イミド化後や熱硬化後)における90°ピール剥離力をいう。具体的には実施例に記載の方法で測定できる。
The lower the adhesive strength of the structure 57 having a large number of through-holes 56 and the non-woven structure, the better. For example, the 90 ° peel peel force on a silicon wafer under conditions of a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min is preferably less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, and more preferably 0.20 N / 20 mm or less. Preferably, it is 0.10 N / 20 mm or less. If the thickness is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90 ° peel peeling force is, for example, 0 N / 20 mm or more and 0.001 N / 20 mm or more.
When the structure 57 having a large number of through holes 56 and the non-woven structure are bonded by imidization or thermosetting, the 90 ° peel peeling force is fixed to the silicon wafer. The 90 ° peel peel force in a state (for example, after imidization or after thermosetting). Specifically, it can be measured by the method described in the examples.
 貫通孔56及び不織布状の構造体の多孔は、接着剤組成物により充填されていてもよく、充填されていなくともよい。構造体57の開口率や不織布状の構造体の密度などをコントロールすることによって低接着力の第2の層を容易に形成できるという点から、充填されていることが好ましい。 The pores of the through-hole 56 and the non-woven structure may be filled with the adhesive composition or may not be filled. It is preferable that the second layer having a low adhesive force can be easily formed by controlling the aperture ratio of the structure 57 and the density of the non-woven structure.
 貫通孔56や不織布の多孔を充填する接着剤組成物としては特に限定されず、例えば、前述のポリイミド樹脂、前述のシリコーン樹脂などが挙げられる。 There are no particular limitations on the adhesive composition that fills the through-holes 56 and the porosity of the nonwoven fabric, and examples thereof include the aforementioned polyimide resins and the aforementioned silicone resins.
 第2の層51の接着力は、第1接着剤層50の接着力よりも低い。第2の層51の接着力は、例えば、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が0.30N/20mm未満であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。0.30N/20mm未満であると、第2の層51を容易に剥離できる。該90°ピール剥離力の下限は、低いほど好ましいが、好ましくは0N/20mm以上であり、より好ましくは0.001N/20mm以上、更に好ましくは0.01N/20mm以上、特に好ましくは0.10N/20mm以上である。
 第2の層51の接着力は、構造体57の開口率や不織布状の構造体の密度、貫通孔56や不織布の多孔に充填する接着剤組成物の種類、構造体57の材料等によって、調整できる。
The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. The adhesive force of the second layer 51 is preferably, for example, a 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel rate of 300 mm / min is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm. More preferably, it is 20 N / 20 mm or less. If the thickness is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90 ° peel peel force is preferably as low as possible, but is preferably 0 N / 20 mm or more, more preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, still more preferably 0.01 N / 20 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.10 N. / 20 mm or more.
The adhesive strength of the second layer 51 depends on the opening ratio of the structure 57, the density of the nonwoven structure, the type of the adhesive composition that fills the pores of the through holes 56 and the nonwoven fabric, the material of the structure 57, and the like. Can be adjusted.
 接着シート5の製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、多数の貫通孔56を有する構造体57及びその周囲(構造体57の周囲の領域)に、第1接着剤層50を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を塗布して、貫通孔56を前記溶液で充填するとともに構造体57上及び構造体57の周囲に塗布層を形成することにより製造できる。この方法では、構造体57の周囲に形成された塗布層が周辺部54の第1接着剤層50となる。 The manufacturing method of the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the structure 57 having a large number of through-holes 56 and the periphery thereof (region around the structure 57), and the through-holes 56 are applied. And the coating layer is formed on the structure 57 and around the structure 57. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure 57 becomes the first adhesive layer 50 in the peripheral portion 54.
 なお、第2の層51が不織布状の構造体を骨格とする場合、不織布状の構造体及びその周囲に、第1接着剤層50を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を塗布して、不織布状の構造体の多孔を前記溶液で充填するとともに構造体上及び構造体の周囲に塗布層を形成することにより製造できる。この方法では、構造体の周囲に形成された塗布層が周辺部54の第1接着剤層50となる。 In addition, when the second layer 51 has a non-woven structure as a skeleton, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the non-woven structure and the periphery thereof, It can be manufactured by filling the pores of the non-woven structure with the solution and forming a coating layer on and around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 50 in the peripheral portion 54.
 塗布する溶液の粘度は適宜設定できる。塗布量は適宜設定すればよい。 The viscosity of the solution to be applied can be set as appropriate. What is necessary is just to set the application quantity suitably.
[第2実施形態]
 第5の本発明の接着シートは、接着シート5の形状に限定されない。図51は、第5の本発明の第2実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図52は、図51に示した接着シートの平面図である。図51、図52に示すように、接着シート6は、周辺部64が第1接着剤層60により形成されるとともに、周辺部64よりも内側の中央部63が、多数の貫通孔66を有する構造体を骨格とする第2の層61により形成されている。第2の層61の接着力は、第1接着剤層60の接着力よりも低い。
[Second Embodiment]
The adhesive sheet of the fifth aspect of the present invention is not limited to the shape of the adhesive sheet 5. FIG. 51 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to the second embodiment of the fifth invention. FIG. 52 is a plan view of the adhesive sheet shown in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 51 and 52, the adhesive sheet 6 has a peripheral portion 64 formed of the first adhesive layer 60, and a central portion 63 inside the peripheral portion 64 has a large number of through holes 66. A second layer 61 having a structure as a skeleton is formed. The adhesive force of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60.
 なお、第2の層61は不織布状の構造体を骨格とするものでもよい。 Note that the second layer 61 may have a non-woven structure as a skeleton.
 接着シート6では、中央部63が第2の層61により形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、周辺部64にある第1接着剤層60の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、中央部63が第2の層61により形成されており、第2の層61も台座と接しているため、分離する工程の後に、当該接着シート6を台座から剥離しやすくなる。従って、台座を再利用しやすくなる。また、第1接着剤層60が接着シート6における周辺部64に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層60を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層60の接着力を低下させ易い。
In the adhesive sheet 6, since the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64 is reduced in the separation step described later, the external force causes Thus, it is possible to easily separate the base and the semiconductor chip with wiring vertically.
Moreover, since the center part 63 is formed of the 2nd layer 61 and the 2nd layer 61 is also in contact with the base, it becomes easy to peel the said adhesive sheet 6 from a base after the process to isolate | separate. Therefore, it becomes easy to reuse the pedestal. In addition, since the first adhesive layer 60 is formed in the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6, the first adhesive layer 60 is dissolved by a solvent or physically used by a cutter, a laser, or the like in the separation step described later. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 by making a notch in.
 接着シート6の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば、第1実施形態の接着シート5で例示したものが挙げられる。 The thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified for the adhesive sheet 5 of the first embodiment.
 図52に示すように、接着シート6は、平面視したときの形状が円形である。接着シート6の直径は特に限定されず、例えば、第1実施形態の接着シート5で例示したものが挙げられる。また、接着シート6を平面視したときの第2の層61の面積は特に限定されず、例えば、第1実施形態の接着シート5で例示したものが挙げられる。 As shown in FIG. 52, the adhesive sheet 6 has a circular shape when viewed in plan. The diameter of the adhesive sheet 6 is not specifically limited, For example, what was illustrated by the adhesive sheet 5 of 1st Embodiment is mentioned. Moreover, the area of the 2nd layer 61 when the adhesive sheet 6 is planarly viewed is not specifically limited, For example, what was illustrated with the adhesive sheet 5 of 1st Embodiment is mentioned.
 第1接着剤層60の接着力としては、第1接着剤層50で例示したものが挙げられる。第1接着剤層60の説明は、第1接着剤層50の内容と同様である。 Examples of the adhesive strength of the first adhesive layer 60 include those exemplified for the first adhesive layer 50. The description of the first adhesive layer 60 is the same as the content of the first adhesive layer 50.
 第2の層61の接着力としては、第2の層51で例示したものが挙げられる。第2の層61の説明は、第2の層51の内容と同様である。 Examples of the adhesive strength of the second layer 61 include those exemplified for the second layer 51. The description of the second layer 61 is the same as the content of the second layer 51.
 接着シート6の製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、多数の貫通孔66を有する構造体及びその周囲(構造体の周囲の領域)に、第1接着剤層60を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を塗布して、貫通孔66を前記溶液で充填するとともに構造体の周囲に塗布層を形成することにより製造できる。この方法では、構造体の周囲に形成された塗布層が周辺部64の第1接着剤層60となる。 The manufacturing method of the adhesive sheet 6 is not particularly limited. For example, a solution including a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is applied to a structure having a large number of through-holes 66 and the periphery thereof (region around the structure), and the through-holes 66 are formed as described above. It can be manufactured by filling with a solution and forming a coating layer around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64.
 なお、第2の層61が不織布状の構造体を骨格とする場合、不織布状の構造体及びその周囲に、第1接着剤層60を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を塗布して、不織布状の構造体の多孔を前記溶液で充填するとともに構造体の周囲に塗布層を形成することにより製造できる。この方法では、構造体の周囲に形成された塗布層が周辺部64の第1接着剤層60となる。 When the second layer 61 has a non-woven structure as a skeleton, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is applied to the non-woven structure and the periphery thereof. It can be produced by filling the pores of the non-woven structure with the solution and forming a coating layer around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 in the peripheral portion 64.
 塗布する溶液の粘度は適宜設定できる。塗布量は適宜設定すればよい。 The viscosity of the solution to be applied can be set as appropriate. What is necessary is just to set the application quantity suitably.
[第3実施形態]
 第5の本発明の接着シートは、接着シート5、6の形状に限定されない。図53は、第5の本発明の第3実施形態に係る接着シートを示す断面模式図である。図53に示すように、接着シート7は、第1接着剤層70と、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体及び/又は不織布状の構造体を骨格とする第2の層71との積層により形成されている。第2の層71の接着力は、第1接着剤層70の接着力よりも低い。
[Third Embodiment]
The adhesive sheet of the fifth aspect of the present invention is not limited to the shape of the adhesive sheets 5 and 6. FIG. 53 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an adhesive sheet according to a third embodiment of the fifth invention. As shown in FIG. 53, the adhesive sheet 7 is formed by stacking a first adhesive layer 70 and a second layer 71 having a structure having a large number of through holes and / or a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton. Has been. The adhesive force of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70.
 接着シート7では、第1接着剤層70が存在するため、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等を台座に固定しておくことができる。また、第1接着剤層70のみではなく、第1接着剤層70よりも接着力の低い第2の層71を有するため、分離する工程において、外力により、容易に台座と配線付きのワークとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、接着シート7は、第2の層71を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせられるため、第1接着剤剤層70上に配線が形成されることになる。従って、配線を形成する工程や、ワークを実装する工程等において、配線等をより強固に台座に固定しておくことができる。 In the adhesive sheet 7, since the first adhesive layer 70 exists, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, since it has not only the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 but the 2nd layer 71 whose adhesive force is lower than the 1st adhesive bond layer 70, in the process of isolate | separating, a base and a workpiece | work with wiring easily Can be separated vertically. Moreover, since the adhesive sheet 7 is bonded to the pedestal using the second layer 71 as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive agent layer 70. Therefore, the wiring or the like can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal in the process of forming the wiring or the process of mounting the workpiece.
 第1接着剤層70の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば、10μm以上であり、好ましくは50μm以上である。10μm以上であると、台座表面や配線表面の凹凸を追従でき、接着シート7を隙間なく充填できる。また、第1接着剤層70の厚さは、例えば、500μm以下であり、好ましくは300μm以下である。500μm以下であると、厚みのばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止できる。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, preferably 50 μm or more. When the thickness is 10 μm or more, the unevenness of the pedestal surface and the wiring surface can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without any gaps. Moreover, the thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer 70 is 500 micrometers or less, for example, Preferably it is 300 micrometers or less. When the thickness is 500 μm or less, variation in thickness and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented.
 第2の層71の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば、1μm以上であり、好ましくは5μm以上である。1μm以上であると、台座表面や配線表面の凹凸を追従でき、接着シート7を隙間なく充填できる。また、第2の層71の厚さは、例えば、500μm以下であり、好ましくは300μm以下である。500μm以下であると、厚みのばらつきや加熱時の収縮・膨張を抑制又は防止できる。 The thickness of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1 μm or more, preferably 5 μm or more. When the thickness is 1 μm or more, the unevenness of the pedestal surface and the wiring surface can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without a gap. The thickness of the second layer 71 is, for example, 500 μm or less, and preferably 300 μm or less. When the thickness is 500 μm or less, variation in thickness and shrinkage / expansion during heating can be suppressed or prevented.
 なお、接着シート7を平面視したときの形状は特に限定されないが、通常、円形である。 The shape of the adhesive sheet 7 when viewed in plan is not particularly limited, but is usually circular.
 第1接着剤層70の接着力としては、第1接着剤層50で例示したものが挙げられる。第1接着剤層70の説明は、第1接着剤層50の内容と同様である。 Examples of the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 include those exemplified for the first adhesive layer 50. The description of the first adhesive layer 70 is the same as the content of the first adhesive layer 50.
 第2の層71の接着力は、例えば、温度23±2℃、剥離速度300mm/minの条件下でのシリコンウェハに対する90°ピール剥離力が0.30N/20mm未満であることが好ましく、0.20N/20mm以下であることがより好ましい。0.30N/20mm未満であると、半導体ウェハから台座を容易に分離できる。一方、該90°ピール剥離力の下限は、好ましくは0.001N/20mm以上であり、より好ましくは0.005N/20mm以上、更に好ましくは0.010N/20mm以上である。0.001N/20mm以上であると、半導体ウェハを台座に良好に固定でき、バックグラインドなどを良好に行うことができる。 The adhesive strength of the second layer 71 is preferably, for example, a 90 ° peel peel force for a silicon wafer under a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C. and a peel speed of 300 mm / min is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm. More preferably, it is 20 N / 20 mm or less. When it is less than 0.30 N / 20 mm, the pedestal can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90 ° peel strength is preferably 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N / 20 mm or more, and still more preferably 0.010 N / 20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N / 20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be fixed to the pedestal well, and back grinding and the like can be performed well.
 第2の層71の説明は、第2の層51の内容と同様である。 The description of the second layer 71 is the same as the content of the second layer 51.
 接着シート7の製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、多数の貫通孔を有する構造体に、第1接着剤層70を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を塗布して、貫通孔を前記溶液で充填するとともに構造体上に塗布層を形成することにより製造できる。 The manufacturing method of the adhesive sheet 7 is not particularly limited. For example, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 is applied to a structure having a large number of through holes, the through holes are filled with the solution, and a coating layer is formed on the structure. Can be manufactured.
 なお、第2の層71が不織布状の構造体を骨格とする場合、不織布状の構造体に、第1接着剤層70を形成するための組成物を含む溶液を塗布して、不織布状の構造体の多孔を前記溶液で充填するとともに構造体上に塗布層を形成することにより製造できる。 When the second layer 71 has a non-woven structure as a skeleton, a non-woven structure is applied to the non-woven structure by applying a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70. It can be manufactured by filling the pores of the structure with the solution and forming a coating layer on the structure.
 塗布する溶液の粘度は適宜設定できる。塗布量は適宜設定すればよい。 The viscosity of the solution to be applied can be set as appropriate. What is necessary is just to set the application quantity suitably.
 以上の説明では、平面視したときの形状が円形である接着シート5~7を説明した。しかし、該形状は特に限定されず、多角形、楕円形等、他の形状でもよい。 In the above description, the adhesive sheets 5 to 7 having a circular shape when viewed in plan have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be another shape such as a polygon or an ellipse.
 また、平面視したとき、第2の層51、61、71の形状が円形である接着シート5~7を説明した。しかし、該形状は特に限定されず、多角形、楕円形等、他の形状でもよい。 Further, the adhesive sheets 5 to 7 in which the shapes of the second layers 51, 61, and 71 are circular when viewed in plan have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be another shape such as a polygon or an ellipse.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 以下の説明では、図48に示した接着シート5を用いた場合について説明する。図54~図59は、第5の本発明の一実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明するための断面模式図である。接着シート5を準備する工程の後、準備した接着シート5を、接着シート5の下面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる(図54参照)。貼り合わせ方法は特に限定されないが、圧着による方法が好ましい。圧着は、通常、圧着ロール等の押圧手段により押圧しながら行われる。圧着の条件としては、20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/secが好ましい。上述したように、接着シート5は、第2の層51と比較して接着力の高い第1接着剤層50が下面に表出しているため、台座1に強固に貼り合わせることができる。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
In the following description, a case where the adhesive sheet 5 shown in FIG. 48 is used will be described. 54 to 59 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. After the step of preparing the adhesive sheet 5, the prepared adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface (see FIG. 54). The bonding method is not particularly limited, but a method by pressure bonding is preferable. The crimping is usually performed while pressing with a pressing means such as a crimping roll. The conditions for pressure bonding are preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec. As described above, since the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 51 is exposed on the lower surface, the adhesive sheet 5 can be firmly bonded to the base 1.
 [配線を形成する工程]
 次に、接着シート5上に、半導体チップ3の電極31に接続し得る接続用導体部21と配線26とを有する配線層2を、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に露出するように形成する(図55参照)。配線層2は、接着シート5側に、外部と電気的な接続を行なうための外部接続用導体部22を有する。なお、図55では、接続用導体部21が配線層2の上面に凸状に露出している場合を示しているが、第5の本発明において接続用導体部は、配線層の上面に露出してればよく、接続用導体部の上面が、配線層の上面と面一であってもよい。接着シート5では、第1接着剤層50のみが上面に表出しているため、接着シート50上に形成される配線層をより強固に固定することができる。
[Process for forming wiring]
Next, on the adhesive sheet 5, the wiring layer 2 having the connecting conductor portion 21 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 and the wiring 26 is exposed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. (See FIG. 55). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor 22 for electrical connection to the outside on the adhesive sheet 5 side. FIG. 55 shows the case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is convexly exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. In the fifth aspect of the present invention, the connecting conductor portion is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer. The upper surface of the connecting conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer. In the adhesive sheet 5, since only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed on the upper surface, the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.
 [半導体チップを実装する工程]
 次に、図56に示すように、配線層2の接続用導体部21と半導体チップ3の電極31とを接続して、配線層2(配線26)に半導体チップ3を実装する。図56では、実装後の接続用導体部21、電極31のそれぞれの突起を省略して示している。なお、図56では、配線層2に複数の半導体チップ3が実装される場合を示しているが、配線層に実装する半導体チップの数は、特に限定されず、1つであってもよい。
[Process for mounting semiconductor chip]
Next, as shown in FIG. 56, the connecting conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 and the electrode 31 of the semiconductor chip 3 are connected, and the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). In FIG. 56, the protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after mounting are omitted. FIG. 56 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor chips 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2, but the number of semiconductor chips mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.
 次に、図57に示すように、必要に応じて、半導体チップ3を覆うように樹脂32による樹脂封止を行なう。樹脂封止に用いる樹脂32は、従来公知のもの等を適宜用いることができ、樹脂封止方法についても、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 57, resin sealing with a resin 32 is performed so as to cover the semiconductor chip 3 as necessary. As the resin 32 used for resin sealing, a conventionally known one or the like can be appropriately used, and a conventionally known method can also be adopted as a resin sealing method.
 [台座から分離する工程]
 次に、図58に示すように、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。具体的には、接着シート5における台座1とは反対側の面を界面として、台座1を接着シート5とともに剥離する。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。上述したように、接着シート5は、第1接着剤層50のみではなく、第1接着剤層50よりも接着力の低い第2の層51を有するため、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線層付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。
 また、中央部53は、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている。従って、第1接着剤層50と第2の層51との積層により形成されている中央部53は、第1接着剤層50のみで形成されている周辺部54よりも、相対的に接着力が低い。従って、周辺部54の接着力を少なくとも低下させれば、外力により、容易に台座と配線層付きの半導体チップとを上下に分離することが可能となる。また、第1接着剤層50が接着シート5における周辺部54に形成されているため、後述する分離する工程において、第1接着剤層50を溶剤により溶解させたり、カッターやレーザー等により物理的に切り込みを入れたりして、第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させ易い。第1接着剤層50の接着力を低下させる方法としては、溶剤により第1接着剤層50を溶解させて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層50に、カッターやレーザー等により物理的な切り込みを入れて接着力を低下させる方法、第1接着剤層50を加熱により接着力が低下する材料で形成しておき、加熱により接着力を低下させる方法等を挙げることができる。
[Process to separate from pedestal]
Next, as shown in FIG. 58, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1. Specifically, the base 1 is peeled off together with the adhesive sheet 5 with the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 opposite to the base 1 as an interface. When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. As described above, since the adhesive sheet 5 includes not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50, the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50. If it is reduced, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force.
The central portion 53 is formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by stacking the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a relatively higher adhesive strength than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Is low. Therefore, if the adhesive force of the peripheral portion 54 is reduced at least, the base and the semiconductor chip with the wiring layer can be easily separated from each other by an external force. Moreover, since the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is formed in the peripheral part 54 in the adhesive sheet 5, in the process of isolation | separation mentioned later, the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 is melt | dissolved with a solvent, or it is physically by a cutter, a laser, etc. It is easy to reduce the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 by making a cut in the. As a method of reducing the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of lowering the adhesive force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 with a solvent, a physical method such as a cutter or laser is applied to the first adhesive layer 50. Examples thereof include a method of reducing the adhesive force by cutting a slit, a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 with a material whose adhesive force is reduced by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesive force by heating.
 その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図59参照)。なお、台座1を剥離した配線層2に対して、ハンダボールを付与するといった加工を施してもよい。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 59). In addition, you may give the process of providing a solder ball with respect to the wiring layer 2 which peeled the base 1. FIG.
 以上、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の概略を説明した。以下、本実施形態に係る半導体装置の製造方法の一例を詳細に説明する。 The outline of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to this embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device according to the present embodiment will be described in detail.
 〔接着シートを有する台座の準備〕
 まず、台座1を準備する(図54参照)。台座1は、第1の本発明の項で説明したものを用いることができる。
[Preparation of pedestal with adhesive sheet]
First, the base 1 is prepared (see FIG. 54). As the pedestal 1, the one described in the first aspect of the present invention can be used.
 [台座に貼り合わせる工程]
 次に、台座1上に接着シート5を貼り合わせる(図54参照)。接着シート5は、すでに説明した通り、第2の層51と、第2の層51上に第2の層51の上面及び側面を覆う態様で積層された第1接着剤層50とを有する。この工程では、接着シート5を、接着シート5の下面を貼り合わせ面として台座1に貼り合わせる。
[Process to attach to the pedestal]
Next, the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded onto the base 1 (see FIG. 54). The adhesive sheet 5 has the 2nd layer 51 and the 1st adhesive bond layer 50 laminated | stacked on the 2nd layer 51 in the aspect which covers the upper surface and side surface of the 2nd layer 51 as already demonstrated. In this step, the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the base 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as the bonding surface.
 〔配線層の形成〕
 次に、台座1の接着シート5上に配線層2を形成する(図55参照)。接着シートを有する台座上に配線層を形成する方法は、第1の本発明の項で説明した方法を採用することができる。
[Formation of wiring layer]
Next, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the base 1 (see FIG. 55). As a method for forming the wiring layer on the pedestal having the adhesive sheet, the method described in the first aspect of the present invention can be employed.
〔実装工程、剥離工程、ダイシング〕
 次に、上記で得た配線層2(台座1が剥離可能に付いたもの)に対して、チップを実装する(図55参照)。その後、配線層2のエージングを行い、さらに、必要に応じて配線層2上の各チップ3に樹脂封止を施す(図57参照)。なお、樹脂封止には、シート状の封止用樹脂シートを用いてもよく、液状の樹脂封止材を用いてもよい。その後、樹脂封止された配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する(図58参照)。なお、樹脂封止を行なわなかった場合には、樹脂封止されていない配線層2付きの半導体チップ3を、台座1から分離する。その後、必要に応じて、裁断することにより、半導体チップ3が配線層2に実装された半導体装置4が得られる(図59参照)。なお、配線層2に対して、チップを実装する(フリップチップ接続)際には、配線層2とチップの間にアンダーフィル用の樹脂を用いてもよい。アンダーフィル用の樹脂は、シート状のものであってもよく、液状のものであってもよい。また、上述した実施形態では、チップを実装後、樹脂封止を施す場合について説明したが、樹脂封止する代わりに、チップ上に従来公知のフリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムが形成されたものを用いてもよい。前記フリップチップ型半導体裏面用フィルムは、被着体上にフリップチップ接続されたチップ(半導体素子)の裏面に形成するためのフィルムであり、詳細は、例えば、特開2011-249739号公報等に開示されているため、ここでの説明は省略する。
[Mounting process, peeling process, dicing]
Next, a chip is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained above (with the base 1 being peelable) (see FIG. 55). Thereafter, aging of the wiring layer 2 is performed, and further, resin sealing is performed on each chip 3 on the wiring layer 2 as necessary (see FIG. 57). For resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet may be used, or a liquid resin sealing material may be used. Thereafter, the resin-sealed semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the base 1 (see FIG. 58). When the resin sealing is not performed, the semiconductor chip 3 with the wiring layer 2 that is not resin sealed is separated from the base 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor chip 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by cutting as necessary (see FIG. 59). In mounting a chip on the wiring layer 2 (flip chip connection), an underfill resin may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the chip. The underfill resin may be a sheet or a liquid. In the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin sealing is performed after the chip is mounted has been described. Instead of the resin sealing, a conventionally known flip chip type semiconductor back film is formed on the chip. It may be used. The flip chip type semiconductor back film is a film for forming on the back surface of a chip (semiconductor element) flip-chip connected on an adherend. Details are disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. Since it is disclosed, a description thereof is omitted here.
 以上の説明では、接着シート5を用いて配線を形成する方法として、接着シート5の第1接着剤層50及び第2の層51が表出している面を台座1に貼り付け、接着シート5の第1接着剤層50のみが表出している面上に配線を形成する場合について説明した。しかし、接着シート5を用いて配線を形成する方法は特に限定されず、接着シート5の第1接着剤層50のみが表出している面を台座1に貼り付け、接着シート5の第1接着剤層50及び第2の層51が表出している面上に配線を形成してもよい。
 また、上述した説明では、接着シート5を用いて配線を形成する方法について説明したが、接着シート6や接着シート7を用いても接着シート5を用いた場合と同様にして配線を形成することができる。
In the above description, as a method of forming wiring using the adhesive sheet 5, the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 are exposed is attached to the base 1, and the adhesive sheet 5. The case where the wiring is formed on the surface where only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed has been described. However, the method for forming the wiring using the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and the surface of the adhesive sheet 5 on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed is attached to the base 1, and the first adhesion of the adhesive sheet 5 is performed. A wiring may be formed on the surface where the agent layer 50 and the second layer 51 are exposed.
In the above description, the method of forming the wiring using the adhesive sheet 5 has been described. However, the wiring can be formed in the same manner as when the adhesive sheet 5 is used even if the adhesive sheet 6 or the adhesive sheet 7 is used. Can do.
 以上、第5の本発明に係る実施形態について説明した。 The embodiment according to the fifth aspect of the present invention has been described above.
 上述した第1の本発明~第5の本発明に係る実施形態では、配線が配線層として形成されている場合について説明した。しかしながら、第1の本発明~第5の本発明における配線は、この例に限定されない。第1の本発明~第5の本発明の配線は、配線層として形成されなくてもよく、例えば、配線が単体で接着シート上に形成されていてもよい。 In the above-described first to fifth embodiments of the present invention, the case where the wiring is formed as a wiring layer has been described. However, the wiring in the first to fifth aspects of the invention is not limited to this example. The wirings according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention may not be formed as a wiring layer. For example, the wiring may be formed as a single piece on an adhesive sheet.
 第1の本発明~第3の本発明、及び、第5の本発明における半導体装置の製造方法は、接着シートを有する台座(例えば、長尺の台座)に、配線を形成し、前記配線に複数のワークを実装し、樹脂封止を行ない、その後、裁断して複数の半導体装置を得る方法を含む。当該半導体装置の製造方法によれば、1の台座上で複数の半導体装置のための配線を形成することができる。また、第1の本発明~第3の本発明、及び、第5の本発明における半導体装置の製造方法は、接着シートを有する台座に、配線を形成し、前記配線に1のワークを実装し、樹脂封止を行なうことにより1の半導体装置を得る方法も含む。 In the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the first to third aspects of the invention and the fifth aspect of the invention, a wiring is formed on a pedestal (for example, a long pedestal) having an adhesive sheet, and the wiring is formed on the wiring. The method includes mounting a plurality of workpieces, performing resin sealing, and then cutting to obtain a plurality of semiconductor devices. According to the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wiring for a plurality of semiconductor devices can be formed on one pedestal. In the first to third aspects of the invention and the fifth aspect of the invention, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device includes forming a wiring on a pedestal having an adhesive sheet and mounting one workpiece on the wiring. Also included is a method of obtaining one semiconductor device by performing resin sealing.
 第4の本発明における半導体装置の製造方法は、仮止め用シートが固定された台座(例えば、長尺の台座)に、配線を形成し、前記配線に複数のワークを実装し、樹脂封止を行ない、その後、裁断して複数の半導体装置を得る方法を含む。当該半導体装置の製造方法によれば、1の台座上で複数の半導体装置のための配線を形成することができる。また、第4の本発明における半導体装置の製造方法は、仮止め用シートが固定された台座に、配線を形成し、前記配線に1のワークを実装し、樹脂封止を行なうことにより1の半導体装置を得る方法も含む。 According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: forming a wiring on a base (for example, a long base) to which a temporary fixing sheet is fixed; mounting a plurality of workpieces on the wiring; And then cutting to obtain a plurality of semiconductor devices. According to the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, wiring for a plurality of semiconductor devices can be formed on one pedestal. According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device comprising: forming a wiring on a pedestal to which a temporary fixing sheet is fixed; mounting a workpiece on the wiring; A method for obtaining a semiconductor device is also included.
 以上、第1の本発明~第5の本発明に係る半導体装置の製造方法の一例について説明したが、第1の本発明~第5の本発明における半導体装置の製造方法は、上述した例に限定されず、第1の本発明~第5の本発明の要旨の範囲内で適宜変更可能である。 The example of the method for manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention has been described above. The method for manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention is the same as that described above. The present invention is not limited and can be appropriately changed within the scope of the gist of the first to fifth inventions.
 以下、本発明に関し実施例を用いて詳細に説明するが、本発明はその要旨を超えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist.
[第1の本発明]
 以下の各実施例等は、第1の本発明に対応する。
[First Invention]
Each of the following examples corresponds to the first aspect of the present invention.
 実施例で使用した成分について説明する。
PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物(分子量:218.1)
DDE:4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(分子量:200.2)
D-4000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:4023.5)
DMAc:N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
D-2000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:1990.8)
BPDA:3,3´,4,4´-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ニ無水物
PPD:p-フェニレンジアミン
The components used in the examples will be described.
PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
DDE: 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
DMAc: N, N-dimethylacetamide NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone D-2000: polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
BPDA: 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride PPD: p-phenylenediamine
 (実施例1)
<第1接着剤層用溶液、第2の層用溶液の作製>
 窒素気流下の雰囲気において、1,041gのN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(DMAc)中に、ポリエーテルジアミン(D-4000)267.75g、4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(DDE)78.48g、及び、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)100gを70℃で混合して反応させ、第1接着剤層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液A)を得た。得られた第1接着剤層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
 表1の配合に従った点以外は第1接着剤層用溶液と同様の方法で第2の層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液B)を得た。得られた第2の層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
<円形シートの作製>
 第2の層用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第2の層を有するシートを得た。
 得られたシートの第2の層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、トムソン金型にて、直径198mmにハーフカットし、打ち抜いた部分(トムソン金型で打ち抜いた内側)を残して、外側を除去し、円形シートを得た。なお、上記のハーフカットとは、ポリエステルフィルム及び第2の層を完全にカットし、且つ、セパレータを完全にはカットしない(セパレータの途中までカットする)態様でのカットをいう。
<接着シート>
 円形シートのセパレータを剥離し、第1接着剤層用溶液を、直径200mm以上となるように円形シートの第2の層上に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させた。乾燥させた第1接着剤層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、図1に示す断面形状の接着シートAを得た。具体的に、接着シートA全体の直径は200mm、厚さは10μmであった。第2の層の直径は198mm、第2の層の厚さは2μmであった。接着シートAの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは8μmであった。
(Example 1)
<Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
In an atmosphere under a nitrogen stream, in 1,041 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), 267.75 g of polyetherdiamine (D-4000), 78.48 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (DDE), and Pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) 100 g was mixed and reacted at 70 ° C. to obtain a first adhesive layer solution (polyamic acid solution A). The resulting first adhesive layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
A second layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive layer solution except that the formulation in Table 1 was followed. The resulting second layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
<Production of circular sheet>
The second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the second layer is The sheet | seat which has is obtained.
A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold) A circular sheet was obtained by removing the outside while leaving the inside. In addition, said half cut means the cut in the aspect which cuts a polyester film and a 2nd layer completely, and does not cut a separator completely (cut to the middle of a separator).
<Adhesive sheet>
The separator of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the first adhesive layer solution was applied onto the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more, and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain an adhesive sheet A having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet A had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The diameter of the second layer was 198 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 2 μm. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet A was 8 micrometers.
 (実施例2)
<第1接着剤層用溶液の作製>
 表1の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、第1接着剤層用溶液を得た。
<接着シートの作製>
 SUS箔(東洋製箔(株)製、SUS 304H-TA)上に、Cu膜厚が0.5μmとなるよう、硫酸銅めっき浴によるCuめっきを行い、Cuめっき付きSUS箔を得た。得られたCuめっき付きSUS箔が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
 第1接着剤層用溶液をCuめっき付きSUS箔に塗布し、90℃で2分間乾燥させた。次いで、SUS箔を剥離してCuめっき付きポリアミド酸層を得た。得られたCuめっき付きポリアミド酸層に対して、Cuエッチングを行った。これにより、円形(195mmφ(直径195mm))のCuめっき部分を残し、他を取り除いた。以上より、図1に示す断面形状を有する接着シートBを得た。具体的に、接着シートB全体の直径200mm、厚さ10μmであった。第2の層の直径は195mm、第2の層の厚さは0.5μmであった。接着シートBの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは9.5μmであった。本実施例2では、接着シートの形成時には、第1接着剤層上に、第2の層が形成された形状(第2の層の側面側には第1接着剤層が存在しない形状)となるが、第2の層が0.5μmと薄い一方、第1接着剤層が10μmと厚く、また、第1接着剤層が比較的柔らかい(低弾性率である)ため、使用時には、圧力により、第2の層が第1接着剤層に埋め込まれることになる。従って、実施例2の接着シートBは、図1に示す断面形状を有することとなる。
(Example 2)
<Preparation of first adhesive layer solution>
A first adhesive layer solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 1 was followed.
<Preparation of adhesive sheet>
On a SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Seikan Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), Cu plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 μm to obtain a SUS foil with Cu plating. The obtained Cu-plated SUS foil was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
The first adhesive layer solution was applied to a Cu-plated SUS foil and dried at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the SUS foil was peeled to obtain a polyamic acid layer with Cu plating. Cu etching was performed on the obtained polyamic acid layer with Cu plating. As a result, a circular (195 mmφ (diameter 195 mm)) Cu plating portion was left, and the others were removed. From the above, an adhesive sheet B having the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 1 was obtained. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet B had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The diameter of the second layer was 195 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 0.5 μm. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet B was 9.5 micrometers. In Example 2, when forming the adhesive sheet, the shape in which the second layer was formed on the first adhesive layer (the shape in which the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer) However, while the second layer is as thin as 0.5 μm, the first adhesive layer is as thick as 10 μm, and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus). The second layer will be embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the adhesive sheet B of Example 2 has the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
 (実施例3)
 表1の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、接着シートCを得た。
(Example 3)
An adhesive sheet C was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 1 was followed.
 (実施例4)
<円形シートの作製>
 実施例1にて作成した第2の層用溶液をセパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第2の層を有するシートを得た。
 得られたシートの第2の層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、トムソン金型にて、直径198mmにハーフカットし、打ち抜いた部分(トムソン金型で打ち抜いた内側)を残して、外側を除去し、円形シートを得た(厚さ:2.5μm)。
<接着シート>
 実施例1にて作成した第1接着剤層用溶液をセパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第1接着剤層を有するシートを得た。
 得られたシートの第1接着剤層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、トムソン金型にて、直径198mmにハーフカットし、外側を残して、打ち抜いた部分(トムソン金型で打ち抜いた内側)を除去し、中抜けのシートを得た(厚さ:2.5μm)。
 上記円形シート、及び、上記中抜けのシートのセパレータを剥離し、中抜けのシートの第1接着剤層が存在しない部分に、円形シートの第2の層が嵌まり込むように貼り合わせ、図2に示す断面形状の接着シートDを得た。具体的に、接着シートD全体の直径は200mm、厚さは2.5μmであった。第2の層の直径は198mm、第2の層の厚さは2.5μmであった。
Example 4
<Production of circular sheet>
The second layer solution prepared in Example 1 was applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A sheet having a second layer was obtained.
A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold) The outer side was removed leaving the inner side) to obtain a circular sheet (thickness: 2.5 μm).
<Adhesive sheet>
The first adhesive layer solution prepared in Example 1 was applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. To obtain a sheet having a first adhesive layer.
A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) is laminated on the first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and a punched portion leaving the outside ( The inside (punched with a Thomson die) was removed to obtain a hollow sheet (thickness: 2.5 μm).
The separator of the circular sheet and the hollow sheet is peeled off and bonded so that the second layer of the circular sheet fits into the part where the first adhesive layer of the hollow sheet does not exist. An adhesive sheet D having a cross-sectional shape shown in 2 was obtained. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet D had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 2.5 μm. The diameter of the second layer was 198 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 2.5 μm.
 (実施例5)
 実施例1と同様の接着シートを作成し、これを接着シートEをとした。接着シートEは、図3に示す断面形状の接着シートとして使用する。
(Example 5)
An adhesive sheet similar to that of Example 1 was prepared, and this was used as an adhesive sheet E. The adhesive sheet E is used as an adhesive sheet having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
 (比較例1)
 実施例1と同様の第1接着剤層からなる単層の接着シートFを得た。接着シートFは円形であり、直径200mm、厚さ10μmであった。
(Comparative Example 1)
A single-layer adhesive sheet F made of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained. The adhesive sheet F was circular and had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm.
 <剥離力の測定>
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように実施例1に係る組成の第1接着剤層、実施例2に係る組成の第1接着剤層、実施例3に係る組成の第1接着剤層、比較例1に係る組成の第1接着剤層をそれぞれ作成した。
 実施例1~3、比較例1に係る第1接着剤層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第1接着剤層を得た。
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように、実施例1に係る組成の第2の層、実施例3に係る組成の第2の層をそれぞれ作成した。また、SUS箔上に、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように実施例2に係る組成の第2の層を作成した。
 実施例1、実施例3、及び、比較例1に係る第2の層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第2の層を得た。実施例2に係る第2の層については、8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せた。
 各サンプル(第1接着剤層、又は、第2の層)を20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
<Measurement of peel force>
The composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 μm. A first adhesive layer, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 2, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 3, and a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
The first adhesive layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the first adhesive with a silicon wafer. A layer was obtained.
Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 μm after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A second layer having a composition according to Example 3 was prepared. Moreover, the 2nd layer of the composition which concerns on Example 2 was created so that the thickness after drying for 3 minutes at 90 degreeC might be set to 20 micrometers on SUS foil.
The second layer according to Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Two layers were obtained. The second layer according to Example 2 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer.
Each sample (first adhesive layer or second layer) was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H) was used at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / A 90 ° peel evaluation was performed in minutes. The results are shown in Table 2.
 <プロセス耐性評価>
 実施例1に係る接着シートAを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。なお、ラミネートは、第1接着剤層と第2の層との両方が表出している面を貼り合わせ面として台座にラミネートした。これにより、台座付き接着シートAを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着シートA上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 実施例2に係る接着シートBを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートBを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートB上に配線を形成した。
 実施例3に係る接着シートCを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートCを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートC上に配線を形成した。
 実施例4に係る接着シートDを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートDを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートD上に配線を形成した。
 実施例5に係る接着シートEを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。なお、ラミネートは、第1接着剤層のみが表出している面を貼り合わせ面として台座にラミネートした。これにより、台座付き接着シートEを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着シートE上に配線を形成した。
 比較例1に係る接着シートFを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートFを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートF上に配線を形成した。
 上記の配線形成の結果、接着シートが台座から剥離せず、且つ、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離しない場合を〇、接着シートが台座から剥離した場合、又は、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離した場合を×として評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Process resistance evaluation>
The adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The laminate was laminated on the pedestal with the surfaces exposed by both the first adhesive layer and the second layer as the bonding surfaces. Thereby, the adhesive sheet A with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
The adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet B in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet C with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet C in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet D according to Example 4 was roll laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet D with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet D in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet E according to Example 5 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The laminate was laminated on the pedestal with the surface exposed only by the first adhesive layer as the bonding surface. Thereby, the adhesive sheet E with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet E by a semi-additive method.
The adhesive sheet F according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet F with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet F in the same manner as described above.
As a result of the above wiring formation, the adhesive sheet does not peel from the pedestal, and the wiring being formed from the adhesive sheet does not peel off. Was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 2.
 <剥離性評価>
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例1に係る台座付き接着シートAを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートAと中心が同一、且つ、直径196mmの円となるようにレーザー(YAGレーザー、出力1.5W)を照射し、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例2に係る台座付き接着シートBを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートBと中心が同一、且つ、直径197mmの円となるようにカッターにて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例3に係る台座付き接着シートCを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートCと中心が同一、且つ、直径195mmの円となるようにトムソン刃にて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例4に係る台座付き接着シートDを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートDと中心が同一、且つ、直径196mmの円となるようにトムソン刃にて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例5に係る台座付き接着シートEを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートEと中心が同一、且つ、直径196mmの円となるようにトムソン刃にて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして比較例1に係る台座付き接着シートFを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートFと中心が同一、且つ、直径197mmの円となるようにカッターにて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。上記カット後の接着シートA~Fの中央部を、真空ピンセットで吸着させ、上側に引き上げた。接着シート又は接着シートの一部が台座から剥離した場合を、〇、剥離しなかった場合を×として評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Peelability evaluation>
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation. Next, a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) is irradiated from the opposite side of the pedestal so as to form a circle having the same center as that of the adhesive sheet A and a diameter of 196 mm, and the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer. The layer was cut to the pedestal surface.
The base-attached adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center was the same as that of the adhesive sheet B and had a diameter of 197 mm.
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so that the center of the adhesive sheet C was the same and the diameter was 195 mm.
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet D according to Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so as to be a circle having the same center as the adhesive sheet D and a diameter of 196 mm.
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet E according to Example 5 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so as to be a circle having the same center as the adhesive sheet E and a diameter of 196 mm.
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet F according to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center was the same as the adhesive sheet F and had a diameter of 197 mm. The central portions of the adhesive sheets A to F after the cut were adsorbed with vacuum tweezers and pulled up. The case where the adhesive sheet or a part of the adhesive sheet was peeled off from the pedestal was evaluated as ◯, and the case where it was not peeled off was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 
[第2の本発明]
 以下の各実施例等は、第2の本発明に対応する。
[Second Invention]
The following examples and the like correspond to the second aspect of the present invention.
 実施例で使用した成分について説明する。
PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物(分子量:218.1)
DDE:4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(分子量:200.2)
D-4000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:4023.5)
DMAc:N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
D-2000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:1990.8)
BPDA:3,3´,4,4´-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ニ無水物
PPD:p-フェニレンジアミン
The components used in the examples will be described.
PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
DDE: 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
DMAc: N, N-dimethylacetamide NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone D-2000: polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
BPDA: 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride PPD: p-phenylenediamine
 (実施例1)
<第1接着剤層用溶液、第2の層用溶液の作製>
 窒素気流下の雰囲気において、942.16gのN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)中に、ポリエーテルジアミン(D-4000)332.04g、4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(DDE)75.28g、及び、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)100gを70℃で混合して反応させ、第1接着剤層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液A)を得た。得られた第1接着剤層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
 表3の配合に従った点以外は第1接着剤層用溶液と同様の方法で第2の層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液B)を得た。得られた第2の層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
<円形シートの作製>
 第2の層用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第2の層を有するシート(厚さ100μm)を得た。
 得られたシートの第2の層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、トムソン金型にて、直径198mmにハーフカットし、打ち抜いた部分(トムソン金型で打ち抜いた内側)を残して、外側を除去し、円形シートを得た。なお、上記のハーフカットとは、ポリエステルフィルム及び第2の層を完全にカットし、且つ、セパレータを完全にはカットしない(セパレータの途中までカットする)態様でのカットをいう。
<接着シート>
 円形シートのセパレータを剥離し、第1接着剤層用溶液を、直径200mm以上、且つ、厚さ100μmとなるように円形シートの第2の層上に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させた。乾燥させた第1接着剤層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、図18に示す断面形状の接着シートAを得た。具体的に、接着シートA全体の直径は200mm、厚さは100μmであった。第2の層の直径は196mm、第2の層の厚さは100μmであった。
(Example 1)
<Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
In an atmosphere under a nitrogen stream, 342.16 g of polyetherdiamine (D-4000), 75.28 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (DDE) in 944.16 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), And 100 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) was mixed and reacted at 70 ° C. to obtain a first adhesive layer solution (polyamic acid solution A). The resulting first adhesive layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
A second layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive layer solution except that the composition according to Table 3 was followed. The resulting second layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
<Production of circular sheet>
The second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A sheet having a thickness of 100 μm was obtained.
A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut to a diameter of 198 mm with a Thomson mold, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold) A circular sheet was obtained by removing the outside while leaving the inside. In addition, said half cut means the cut in the aspect which cuts a polyester film and a 2nd layer completely, and does not cut a separator completely (cut to the middle of a separator).
<Adhesive sheet>
The separator of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the first adhesive layer solution was applied on the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more and a thickness of 100 μm, and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. . A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain an adhesive sheet A having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet A had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm. The diameter of the second layer was 196 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 100 μm.
 (実施例2)
<第1接着剤層用溶液の作製>
 表3の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、第1接着剤層用溶液を得た。
<接着シートの作製>
 SUS箔(東洋製箔(株)製、SUS 304H-TA)上に、Cu膜厚が0.5μmとなるよう、硫酸銅めっき浴によるCuめっきを行い、Cuめっき付きSUS箔を得た。
 第1接着剤層用溶液をCuめっき付きSUS箔に塗布し、90℃で2分間乾燥させた。次いで、SUS箔を剥離してCuめっき付きポリアミド酸層を得た。得られたCuめっき付きポリアミド酸層に対して、Cuエッチングを行った。これにより、円形(直径195mm)のCuめっき部分を残し、他を取り除いた。以上より、図26に示す断面形状を有する接着シートBを得た。具体的に、接着シートB全体の直径199mm、厚さ10μmであった。第2の層の直径は195mm、第2の層の厚さは0.5μmであった。接着シートBの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは9.5μmであった。本実施例2では、接着シートの形成時には、第1接着剤層上に、第2の層が形成された形状(第2の層の側面側には第1接着剤層が存在しない形状)となるが、第2の層が0.5μmと薄い一方、第1接着剤層が10μmと厚く、また、第1接着剤層が比較的柔らかい(低弾性率である)ため、使用時には、圧力により、第2の層が第1接着剤層に埋め込まれることになる。従って、実施例2の接着シートBは、図28に示す断面形状を有することとなる。
(Example 2)
<Preparation of first adhesive layer solution>
A first adhesive layer solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 3 was followed.
<Preparation of adhesive sheet>
On a SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Seikan Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), Cu plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 μm to obtain a SUS foil with Cu plating.
The first adhesive layer solution was applied to a Cu-plated SUS foil and dried at 90 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, the SUS foil was peeled to obtain a polyamic acid layer with Cu plating. Cu etching was performed on the obtained polyamic acid layer with Cu plating. As a result, a circular (195 mm diameter) Cu plating portion was left and the others were removed. From the above, an adhesive sheet B having the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. 26 was obtained. Specifically, the entire adhesive sheet B had a diameter of 199 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The diameter of the second layer was 195 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 0.5 μm. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet B was 9.5 micrometers. In Example 2, when forming the adhesive sheet, the shape in which the second layer was formed on the first adhesive layer (the shape in which the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer) However, while the second layer is as thin as 0.5 μm, the first adhesive layer is as thick as 10 μm, and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus). The second layer will be embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the adhesive sheet B of Example 2 has the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
 (実施例3)
<第1接着剤層用溶液、第2の層用溶液の作製>
 表3の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、第1接着剤層用溶液、及び、第2の層用溶液を得た。
<円形シートの作製>
 第2の層用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第2の層を有するシートを得た。
 得られたシートの第2の層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、トムソン金型にて、直径195mmにハーフカットし、打ち抜いた部分(トムソン金型で打ち抜いた内側)を残して、外側を除去し、円形シートを得た。なお、上記のハーフカットとは、ポリエステルフィルム及び第2の層を完全にカットし、且つ、セパレータを完全にはカットしない(セパレータの途中までカットする)態様でのカットをいう。
<接着シート>
 円形シートのセパレータを剥離し、第1接着剤層用溶液を、直径200mm以上となるように円形シートの第2の層上に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させた。乾燥させた第1接着剤層上に長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ25μm、幅250mm)を積層し、図26に示す断面形状の接着シートCを得た。具体的に、接着シートC全体の直径は199mm、厚さは10μmであった。第2の層の直径は195mm、第2の層の厚さは2μmであった。接着シートCの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは8μmであった。実施例3の接着シートCは、図26に示す断面形状を有することとなる。
(Example 3)
<Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
A solution for the first adhesive layer and a solution for the second layer were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the formulation in Table 3 was followed.
<Production of circular sheet>
The second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the second layer is The sheet | seat which has is obtained.
A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, half-cut with a Thomson mold to a diameter of 195 mm, and punched out (punched with a Thomson mold) A circular sheet was obtained by removing the outside while leaving the inside. In addition, said half cut means the cut in the aspect which cuts a polyester film and a 2nd layer completely, and does not cut a separator completely (cut to the middle of a separator).
<Adhesive sheet>
The separator of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the first adhesive layer solution was applied onto the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more, and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A long polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain an adhesive sheet C having a cross-sectional shape shown in FIG. Specifically, the diameter of the entire adhesive sheet C was 199 mm, and the thickness was 10 μm. The diameter of the second layer was 195 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 2 μm. The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet C was 8 micrometers. The adhesive sheet C of Example 3 has the cross-sectional shape shown in FIG.
 (比較例1)
 実施例1と同様の第1接着剤層からなる単層の接着シートEを得た。接着シートEは円形であり、直径200mm、厚さ100μmであった。
(Comparative Example 1)
A single-layer adhesive sheet E made of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained. The adhesive sheet E was circular and had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.
 <剥離力の測定>
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように実施例1に係る組成の第1接着剤層、実施例2に係る組成の第1接着剤層、実施例3に係る組成の第1接着剤層、比較例1に係る組成の第1接着剤層をそれぞれ作成した。
 実施例1~3、比較例1に係る第1接着剤層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第1接着剤層を得た。
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように、実施例1に係る組成の第2の層、実施例3に係る組成の第2の層をそれぞれ作成した。また、SUS箔上に、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように実施例2に係る組成の第2の層を作成した。
 実施例1、実施例3、及び、比較例1に係る第2の層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第2の層を得た。実施例2に係る第2の層については、8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せた。
 各サンプル(第1接着剤層、又は、第2の層)を20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表4に示す。
<Measurement of peel force>
The composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 μm. A first adhesive layer, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 2, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 3, and a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
The first adhesive layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the first adhesive with a silicon wafer. A layer was obtained.
Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 μm after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A second layer having a composition according to Example 3 was prepared. Moreover, the 2nd layer of the composition which concerns on Example 2 was created so that the thickness after drying for 3 minutes at 90 degreeC might be set to 20 micrometers on SUS foil.
The second layer according to Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Two layers were obtained. The second layer according to Example 2 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer.
Each sample (first adhesive layer or second layer) was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H) was used at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / A 90 ° peel evaluation was performed in minutes. The results are shown in Table 4.
 <プロセス耐性評価>
 実施例1に係る接着シートAを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートAを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着シートA上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 実施例2に係る接着シートBを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に、第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面とは反対側の面を貼り合わせ面として、温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートBを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートB上に配線を形成した。
 実施例3に係る接着シートCを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に、第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として、温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートCを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートC上に配線を形成した。
 比較例1に係る接着シートEを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートEを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートE上に配線を形成した。
 上記の配線形成の結果、接着シートが台座から剥離せず、且つ、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離しない場合を〇、接着シートが台座から剥離した場合、又は、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離した場合を×として評価した。結果を表4に示す。
<Process resistance evaluation>
The adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet A with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
Adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 is a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and a surface opposite to the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed is bonded to a surface of 90 ° C., After roll lamination at a pressure of 0.1 MPa, imidization was performed at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet B in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 is rolled at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed being bonded to a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm. After laminating, imidization was performed at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet C with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet C in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet E according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet E with a base was obtained. Next, a wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet E in the same manner as described above.
As a result of the above wiring formation, the adhesive sheet does not peel from the pedestal, and the wiring being formed from the adhesive sheet does not peel off. Was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 4.
 <剥離性評価>
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例1に係る台座付き接着シートAを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートAと中心が同一、且つ、直径196mmの円となるようにレーザー(YAGレーザー、出力1.5W)を照射し、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例2に係る台座付き接着シートBを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートBと中心が同一、且つ、直径197mmの円となるようにカッターにて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例3に係る台座付き接着シートCを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートCと中心が同一、且つ、直径195mmの円となるようにトムソン刃にて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして比較例1に係る台座付き接着シートEを得た。次に、台座とは反対側から、接着シートEと中心が同一、且つ、直径197mmの円となるようにカッターにて、第1接着剤層及び第2の層を台座面までカットした。上記カット後の接着シートA~C、Eの中央部を、真空ピンセットで吸着させ、上側に引き上げた。接着シート又は接着シートの一部が台座から剥離した場合を、〇、剥離しなかった場合を×として評価した。結果を表4に示す。
<Peelability evaluation>
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation. Next, a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) is irradiated from the opposite side of the pedestal so as to form a circle having the same center as that of the adhesive sheet A and a diameter of 196 mm, and the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer. The layer was cut to the pedestal surface.
The base-attached adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center was the same as that of the adhesive sheet B and had a diameter of 197 mm.
The pedestal-attached adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a Thomson blade so that the center of the adhesive sheet C was the same and the diameter was 195 mm.
A base-attached adhesive sheet E according to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, from the opposite side to the pedestal, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the pedestal surface with a cutter so that the center of the adhesive sheet E was the same and the diameter was 197 mm. The central portions of the adhesive sheets A to C and E after the cut were adsorbed with vacuum tweezers and pulled up. The case where the adhesive sheet or a part of the adhesive sheet was peeled off from the pedestal was evaluated as ◯, and the case where it was not peeled off was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 
[第3の本発明]
 以下の各実施例等は、第3の本発明に対応する。
[Third Invention]
Each of the following examples corresponds to the third aspect of the present invention.
 実施例で使用した成分について説明する。
PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物(分子量:218.1)
DDE:4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(分子量:200.2)
D-4000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:4023.5)
DMAc:N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
D-2000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:1990.8)
BPDA:3,3´,4,4´-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ニ無水物
PPD:p-フェニレンジアミン
The components used in the examples will be described.
PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
DDE: 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
DMAc: N, N-dimethylacetamide NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone D-2000: polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
BPDA: 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride PPD: p-phenylenediamine
 (実施例1)
<第1接着剤層用溶液、第2の層用溶液の作製>
 窒素気流下の雰囲気において、1018.81gのN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)中に、ポリエーテルジアミン(D-4000)350.48g、4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(DDE)74.36g、及び、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)100gを70℃で混合して反応させ、第1接着剤層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液A)を得た。得られた第1接着剤層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
 表5の配合に従った点以外は第1接着剤層用溶液と同様の方法で第2の層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液B)を得た。得られた第2の層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
<接着シートの作製>
 第2の層用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第2の層を有するシート(厚さ8μm)を得た。
 第1接着剤層用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第1接着剤層を有するシート(厚さ2μm)を得た。
 前記の第2の層を有するシートと、第1接着剤層を有するシートとを貼り合わせて(貼り合わせ条件:95℃で、0.4MPa)、第1接着剤層と第2の層とが積層された接着シートAを得た。
(Example 1)
<Preparation of First Adhesive Layer Solution and Second Layer Solution>
In 1018.81 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) in an atmosphere under a nitrogen stream, 350.48 g of polyetherdiamine (D-4000), 74.36 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (DDE), And 100 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) was mixed and reacted at 70 ° C. to obtain a first adhesive layer solution (polyamic acid solution A). The resulting first adhesive layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
A second layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive layer solution except that the formulation in Table 5 was followed. The resulting second layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
<Preparation of adhesive sheet>
The second layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and the second layer is A sheet having a thickness of 8 μm was obtained.
The first adhesive layer solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A sheet (thickness 2 μm) having a layer was obtained.
The sheet having the second layer and the sheet having the first adhesive layer are bonded together (bonding conditions: 95 ° C., 0.4 MPa), and the first adhesive layer and the second layer are A laminated adhesive sheet A was obtained.
 (実施例2)
 表5の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、接着シートBを得た。
(Example 2)
An adhesive sheet B was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 5 was followed.
 (実施例3)
 表5の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、接着シートCを得た。
(Example 3)
An adhesive sheet C was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 5 was followed.
 (比較例1)
 実施例1と同様の第1接着剤層からなる単層の接着シートEを得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
A single-layer adhesive sheet E made of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained.
 <シリコンウエハに対する剥離力の測定>
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように実施例1に係る組成の第1接着剤層、実施例2に係る組成の第1接着剤層、実施例3に係る組成の第1接着剤層、比較例1に係る組成の第1接着剤層をそれぞれ作成した。
 実施例1~3、比較例1に係る第1接着剤層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第1接着剤層を得た。
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように、実施例1に係る組成の第2の層、実施例2に係る組成の第2の層、実施例3に係る組成の第2の層をそれぞれ作成した。
 実施例1~実施例3、及び、比較例1に係る第2の層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第2の層を得た。
 各サンプル(第1接着剤層、又は、第2の層)を20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表6に示す。
<Measurement of peeling force on silicon wafer>
The composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 μm. A first adhesive layer, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 2, a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Example 3, and a first adhesive layer having a composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
The first adhesive layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours, and the first adhesive with a silicon wafer. A layer was obtained.
Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 μm after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. The second layer, the second layer having the composition according to Example 2, and the second layer having the composition according to Example 3 were prepared.
The second layer according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer, and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours. Two layers were obtained.
Each sample (first adhesive layer or second layer) was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H) was used at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / A 90 ° peel evaluation was performed in minutes. The results are shown in Table 6.
 <第1接着剤層と第2の層との間の剥離力の測定>
実施例、及び、比較例に係る接着シートを20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて180°ピール評価を行った。結果を表6に示す。
<Measurement of peel force between first adhesive layer and second layer>
The adhesive sheets according to Examples and Comparative Examples were processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and 180 ° at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). Peel evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 6.
 <プロセス耐性評価>
 実施例1に係る接着シートAを、第1接着剤層側を貼り合わせ面として、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートAを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着シートA上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 実施例2に係る接着シートBを、第2の層側を貼り合わせ面として、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートBを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートB上に配線を形成した。
 実施例3に係る接着シートCを、第1接着剤層側を貼り合わせ面として、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートCを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートC上に配線を形成した。
 比較例1に係る接着シートEを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートEを得た。次に、上記と同様にして、接着シートE上に配線を形成した。
 上記の配線形成の結果、接着シートが台座から剥離せず、且つ、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離しない場合を〇、接着シートが台座から剥離した場合、又は、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離した場合を×として評価した。結果を表6に示す。
<Process resistance evaluation>
The adhesive sheet A according to Example 1 was roll laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm with the first adhesive layer side as a bonding surface, and then at 1. Imidization was performed in a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours. Thereby, the adhesive sheet A with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
The adhesive sheet B according to Example 2 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm with the second layer side as a bonding surface, and then 1.5 ° C. at 300 ° C. Imidization was performed for a time under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet B in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm with the first adhesive layer side as a bonding surface, and then 1. Imidization was performed in a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours. Thereby, the adhesive sheet C with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet C in the same manner as described above.
The adhesive sheet E according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm, and then imidized at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet E with a base was obtained. Next, a wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet E in the same manner as described above.
As a result of the above wiring formation, the adhesive sheet does not peel from the pedestal, and the wiring being formed from the adhesive sheet does not peel off. Was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 6.
 <剥離性評価>
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例1に係る台座付き接着シートAを作成し、さらに、配線を形成した。その後、デバイスウェハを実装し、樹脂封止した。次に、250℃で10分間加熱した。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例2に係る台座付き接着シートBを作成し、さらに、配線を形成した。その後、デバイスウェハを実装し、樹脂封止した。次に、SC-1洗浄液(アンモニア水:過酸化水素水:水=1:1:5、70℃)に浸漬し、24KHzの超音波を10分かけた。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例3に係る台座付き接着シートCを作成し、さらに、配線を形成した。その後、デバイスウェハを実装し、樹脂封止した。次に、カッターで、第1接着層と第2の層の接触面を切り裂き、隙間を形成した後、隙間へ鋭角な金属冶具(12°)を差し込み剥離した。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして比較例1に係る台座付き接着シートEを作成し、さらに、配線を形成した。その後、デバイスウェハを実装し、樹脂封止した。次に、250℃で10分間加熱した。
 上記加熱処理、SC-1洗浄液、又は、カーターによる剥離処理の後、垂直剥離装置(日東精機製、HSA840-WS)にて台座と樹脂封止後のデバイスウェハの樹脂部分を吸着し、垂直に剥離した。接着シートが台座から剥離した場合を、〇、剥離しなかった場合を×として評価した。結果を表6に示す。
<Peelability evaluation>
The adhesive sheet A with a pedestal according to Example 1 was prepared in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, it heated at 250 degreeC for 10 minute (s).
The adhesive sheet B with a pedestal according to Example 2 was created in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, it was immersed in SC-1 cleaning solution (ammonia water: hydrogen peroxide solution: water = 1: 1: 5, 70 ° C.), and ultrasonic waves of 24 KHz were applied for 10 minutes.
The adhesive sheet C with a pedestal according to Example 3 was prepared in the same manner as the process resistance evaluation, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, the contact surface between the first adhesive layer and the second layer was cut with a cutter to form a gap, and then a sharp metal jig (12 °) was inserted and peeled into the gap.
In the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation, an adhesive sheet E with a pedestal according to Comparative Example 1 was created, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer was mounted and resin-sealed. Next, it heated at 250 degreeC for 10 minute (s).
After the above heat treatment, the SC-1 cleaning solution, or the stripper treatment by the carter, the pedestal and the resin part of the device wafer after resin sealing are adsorbed by a vertical stripper (manufactured by Nitto Seiki, HSA840-WS) and vertically It peeled. The case where the adhesive sheet peeled from the pedestal was evaluated as ◯, and the case where it did not peel was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 
[第4の本発明]
 以下の各実施例等は、第4の本発明に対応する。
[Fourth Invention]
Each of the following examples corresponds to the fourth aspect of the present invention.
 実施例で使用した成分について説明する。
PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物(分子量:218.1)
DDE:4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(分子量:200.2)
D-4000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:4023.5)
DMAc:N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド
BPDA:3,3´,4,4´-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ニ無水物
PPD:p-フェニレンジアミン
SD4587L PSA:東レダウ製、シリコーン樹脂
SRX212:東レダウ製、硬化剤
The components used in the examples will be described.
PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
DDE: 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
DMAc: N, N-dimethylacetamide BPDA: 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride PPD: p-phenylenediamine SD4587L PSA: manufactured by Toray Dow, silicone resin SRX212: manufactured by Toray Dow, curing agent
 (実施例1)
<仮止め用シート用溶液、接着剤層用溶液の作製>
 窒素気流下の雰囲気において、2508gのN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(DMAc)中に、ポリエーテルジアミン(D-4000)27.67g、4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(DDE)90.43g、及び、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)100gを70℃で混合して反応させ、仮止め用シート用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液A)を得た。得られた仮止め用シート用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
 表7の配合に従った点以外は仮止め用シート用溶液と同様の方法で接着剤層用溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液B)を得た。得られた接着剤層用溶液が室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
<仮止め用シート>
 仮止め用シート用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、仮止め用シートAを得た。
<接着剤層付き仮止め用シート>
 得られた仮止め用シートAを2枚用い、1枚については台座よりも半径が0.5mm小さい円形に打ち抜き、他の1枚については台座よりも半径が0.3mm小さい円形に打ち抜き、これらを貼り合せて凹部を形成した(図47参照)。この凹部の部分に接着剤層溶液を塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させた。これを接着剤層付き仮止め用シートAとした。
(Example 1)
<Preparation of temporary fixing sheet solution and adhesive layer solution>
In an atmosphere under a nitrogen stream, in 2508 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), 27.67 g of polyetherdiamine (D-4000), 90.43 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (DDE), and pyro 100 g of merit acid dianhydride (PMDA) was mixed and reacted at 70 ° C. to obtain a temporary fixing sheet solution (polyamic acid solution A). The resulting temporary fixing sheet solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
An adhesive layer solution (polyamic acid solution B) was obtained in the same manner as the temporary fixing sheet solution except that the composition according to Table 7 was followed. The obtained adhesive layer solution was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
<Temporary fixing sheet>
The temporary fixing sheet solution is applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm), dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes, and temporarily fixed sheet A Got.
<Temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer>
Two sheets of the temporary fixing sheet A obtained were used, one was punched into a circle having a radius 0.5 mm smaller than the pedestal, and the other was punched into a circle having a radius 0.3 mm smaller than the pedestal. Were bonded to form a recess (see FIG. 47). The adhesive layer solution was applied to the concave portion and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. This was designated as temporary fixing sheet A with an adhesive layer.
 (実施例2)
 表7の配合に従った点以外は実施例1の仮止め用シートAと同様の方法で、仮止め用シートBを得た。また、表7の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、接着剤層用溶液を作製した。
<接着剤層付き仮止め用シート>
 得られた仮止め用シートBを台座よりも半径が0.1mm小さい円形に打ち抜いた。打ち抜いた後の仮止め用シートBを台座に載置するとともに、台座の傾斜部に接着剤層溶液を塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させた(図40(b)参照)。これを接着剤層付き仮止め用シートBとした。
(Example 2)
A temporary fixing sheet B was obtained in the same manner as the temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 7 was followed. Moreover, the solution for adhesive bond layers was produced by the method similar to Example 1 except the point according to the mixing | blending of Table 7.
<Temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer>
The obtained temporary fixing sheet B was punched into a circle having a radius smaller than the pedestal by 0.1 mm. The temporary fixing sheet B after being punched was placed on the pedestal, and the adhesive layer solution was applied to the inclined portion of the pedestal and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes (see FIG. 40B). This was designated as a temporary fixing sheet B with an adhesive layer.
 (実施例3)
 表7の配合に従った点以外は実施例1の仮止め用シートAと同様の方法で、仮止め用シートCを得た。また、表7の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、接着剤層用溶液を作製した。
<接着剤層付き仮止め用シート>
 得られた仮止め用シートCを2枚用い、1枚については台座よりも半径が2mm小さい円形に打ち抜き、他の1枚については台座よりも半径が0.3mm小さい円形に打ち抜き、これらを貼り合せて凹部を形成した(図47参照)。この凹部の部分に接着剤層溶液を塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させた。これを接着剤層付き仮止め用シートCとした。
(Example 3)
A temporary fixing sheet C was obtained in the same manner as the temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 7 was followed. Moreover, the solution for adhesive bond layers was produced by the method similar to Example 1 except the point according to the mixing | blending of Table 7.
<Temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer>
Using the two temporary fixing sheets C obtained, one sheet is punched into a circle having a radius 2 mm smaller than the pedestal, and the other sheet is stamped into a circle having a radius 0.3 mm smaller than the pedestal, and these are pasted. Together, a recess was formed (see FIG. 47). The adhesive layer solution was applied to the concave portion and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. This was designated as temporary fixing sheet C with an adhesive layer.
 (比較例1)
 実施例1と同様の接着剤層用溶液を、セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム:厚さ38μm、幅250mm)に塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、接着剤層からなる単層の接着シートFを得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
The same adhesive layer solution as in Example 1 was applied to a separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent: thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm), and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. A single-layer adhesive sheet F composed of an adhesive layer was obtained.
 <剥離力の測定>
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように実施例1に係る組成の仮止め用シート、実施例2に係る組成の仮止め用シート、実施例3に係る組成の仮止め用シートをそれぞれ作成した。
 実施例1~3に係る仮止め用シートを8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き仮止め用シートを得た。
 片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム(厚さ38μm、幅250mm)からなるセパレーターに、90℃で3分間乾燥後の厚みが20μmとなるように、実施例1に係る組成の接着剤層、実施例2に係る組成の接着剤層、実施例3に係る組成の接着剤層、比較例1に係る組成の接着剤層をそれぞれ作成した。
 実施例1~3、比較例1に係る接着剤層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き接着剤層を得た。
 各サンプル(仮止め用シート、又は、接着剤層)を20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表8に示す。
<Measurement of peel force>
The composition according to Example 1 was applied to a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent so that the thickness after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes was 20 μm. A temporary fixing sheet, a temporary fixing sheet having the composition according to Example 2, and a temporary fixing sheet having the composition according to Example 3 were prepared.
The temporary fixing sheets according to Examples 1 to 3 were bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain a temporary fixing sheet with a silicon wafer.
Composition according to Example 1 such that a separator made of a long polyester film (thickness 38 μm, width 250 mm) treated on one side with a silicone-based release agent has a thickness of 20 μm after drying at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes. Adhesive layer having the composition according to Example 2, the adhesive layer having the composition according to Example 3, and the adhesive layer having the composition according to Comparative Example 1 were prepared.
The adhesive layers according to Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain an adhesive layer with a silicon wafer. .
Each sample (sheet for temporary fixing or adhesive layer) is processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. 90 ° peel evaluation was performed. The results are shown in Table 8.
 <プロセス耐性評価>
 実施例1に係る接着剤層付き仮止め用シートAを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした。この際、接着剤層付き仮止め用シートAの接着剤層が台座の傾斜部分に位置するように貼り付けた。これにより、台座付き仮止め用シートAを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、仮止め用シートA上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 実施例2に係る仮止め用シートBを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした。次に、台座端部の傾斜部分に実施例2に係る接着剤層用溶液を塗布し、温度120℃で、10分加熱して硬化させた。これにより、台座付き仮止め用シートBを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、仮止め用シートB上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座の端部の傾斜部分に実施例3に係る接着剤層用溶液を塗布した。次に、実施例3に係る仮止め用シートCを、前記台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした。その後、温度150℃で、5分加熱して接着剤層用溶液を硬化させた。これにより、台座付き仮止め用シートCを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、仮止め用シートC上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 比較例1に係る接着シートFを、直径200mmのシリコンウエハからなる台座に温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaでロールラミネートした。これにより、台座付き接着剤層Fを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着剤層F上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
<Process resistance evaluation>
The temporary fixing sheet A with an adhesive layer according to Example 1 was roll-laminated on a pedestal made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. At this time, the adhesive layer of the temporary fixing sheet A with the adhesive layer was attached so that the adhesive layer was positioned on the inclined portion of the pedestal. Thereby, the sheet | seat A for temporary fixing with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the temporary fixing sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
The temporary fixing sheet B according to Example 2 was roll-laminated on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Next, the adhesive layer solution according to Example 2 was applied to the inclined portion of the pedestal edge, and was cured by heating at a temperature of 120 ° C. for 10 minutes. Thereby, the sheet | seat B for temporary fixing with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the temporary fixing sheet B by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
The adhesive layer solution according to Example 3 was applied to an inclined portion of an end portion of a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm. Next, the temporary fixing sheet C according to Example 3 was roll-laminated on the pedestal at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereafter, the adhesive layer solution was cured by heating at a temperature of 150 ° C. for 5 minutes. Thereby, the sheet | seat C for temporary fixing with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the temporary fixing sheet C by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
The adhesive sheet F according to Comparative Example 1 was roll-laminated on a base made of a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereby, the adhesive layer F with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive layer F by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
 <剥離性評価>
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例1に係る台座付き仮止め用シートAを得た。次に、台座とは反対側からレーザー(YAGレーザー、出力1.5W)を照射し、台座面までカットした。この際、カットは、接着剤層よりも内側とした(図47参照)。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例2に係る台座付き仮止め用シートBを得た。次に、カッターにて、斜め上方向から仮止め用シートのみをカットした(図45参照)。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして実施例3に係る台座付き仮止め用シートCを得た。次に、カッターにて、斜め上方向から仮止め用シートのみをカットした(図45参照)。
 上記プロセス耐性評価と同様にして比較例1に係る台座付き接着剤層Fを得た。次に、カッターにて、斜め上方向から接着剤層Fのみをカットした。
 上記カット後の仮止め用シートA~Cの中央部、及び、接着剤層Fの中央部を、真空ピンセットで吸着させ、上側に引き上げた。仮止め用シート又は接着剤層が台座から剥離した場合を、〇、剥離しなかった場合を×として評価した。結果を表8に示す。
<Peelability evaluation>
The pedestal-attached temporary fixing sheet A according to Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) was irradiated from the side opposite to the pedestal, and cut to the pedestal surface. At this time, the cut was inside the adhesive layer (see FIG. 47).
In the same manner as in the above process resistance evaluation, a tentative fixing sheet B according to Example 2 was obtained. Next, only the temporary fixing sheet was cut with a cutter from an obliquely upward direction (see FIG. 45).
In the same manner as the process resistance evaluation, a pedestal-attached temporary fixing sheet C according to Example 3 was obtained. Next, only the temporary fixing sheet was cut with a cutter from an obliquely upward direction (see FIG. 45).
The base-attached adhesive layer F according to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in the process resistance evaluation. Next, only the adhesive layer F was cut obliquely from above with a cutter.
The central part of the temporary fixing sheets A to C after the cutting and the central part of the adhesive layer F were adsorbed with vacuum tweezers and pulled up. The case where the sheet | seat for temporary fixing or the adhesive bond layer peeled from the base was evaluated as x, and the case where it did not peel was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 
[第5の本発明]
 以下の各実施例等は、第5の本発明に対応する。
[Fifth Invention]
Each of the following examples corresponds to the fifth aspect of the present invention.
 実施例で使用した成分について説明する。
PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物(分子量:218.1)
DDE:4,4‘-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(分子量:200.2)
D-4000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:4023.5)
DMAc:N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド
NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
D-2000:ハインツマン製のポリエーテルジアミン(分子量:1990.8)
BPDA:3,3´,4,4´-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸ニ無水物
PPD:p-フェニレンジアミン
セパレータ(片面がシリコーン系剥離剤にて処理された長尺ポリエステルフィルム)
The components used in the examples will be described.
PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)
DDE: 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)
D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 4023.5)
DMAc: N, N-dimethylacetamide NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone D-2000: polyether diamine manufactured by Heinzmann (molecular weight: 1990.8)
BPDA: 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride PPD: p-phenylenediamine separator (long polyester film treated on one side with a silicone release agent)
 (実施例1)
 窒素気流下の雰囲気において、1257gのDMAc中に、D-4000 365g、DDE 74g、及び、PMDA 100gを70℃で混合して反応させた後、室温(23℃)になるまで冷却し、第1接着剤溶液を得た。
 表9の配合に従った点以外は第1接着剤溶液と同様の方法で第2接着剤溶液を得た。第2接着剤溶液を、セパレータに塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第2接着剤溶液の塗布層を有するシートを作製した後、シート厚さ方向の貫通孔を多数形成し、孔あきシートを得た。孔あきシートを平面視したときの貫通孔の形状が円形であり、孔あきシートを平面視したときの各貫通孔の面積は、78.5μmであった。各貫通孔の直径は10μmであった。開口率は50%であった。
 孔あきシート及びその周囲(孔あきシートの周囲の領域)に第1接着剤溶液を塗布し、貫通孔を第1接着剤溶液で充填するとともに、第1接着剤溶液の塗布層を形成した。その後、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、図48、図49に示す実施形態1の形状の接着シートを得た。
 接着シート全体の直径は200mm、厚さは100μmであった。
 第2の層の直径は196mm、第2の層の厚さは1μmであった。
 接着シートの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは99μmであった。
(Example 1)
In an atmosphere under a nitrogen stream, D-4000 365 g, DDE 74 g, and PMDA 100 g were mixed and reacted at 70 ° C. in 1257 g of DMAc, and then cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.). An adhesive solution was obtained.
A second adhesive solution was obtained in the same manner as the first adhesive solution except that the composition according to Table 9 was followed. The second adhesive solution is applied to the separator and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes to produce a sheet having a coating layer of the second adhesive solution. A sheet was obtained. The shape of the through hole when the perforated sheet was viewed in plan was circular, and the area of each through hole when the perforated sheet was viewed in plan was 78.5 μm 2 . The diameter of each through hole was 10 μm. The aperture ratio was 50%.
The first adhesive solution was applied to the perforated sheet and its periphery (region around the perforated sheet), the through holes were filled with the first adhesive solution, and an application layer of the first adhesive solution was formed. Then, it was made to dry for 3 minutes at 90 degreeC, and the adhesive sheet of the shape of Embodiment 1 shown to FIG. 48, FIG. 49 was obtained.
The entire adhesive sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.
The diameter of the second layer was 196 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 1 μm.
The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet was 99 micrometers.
 (実施例2)
 表9の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、第1接着剤溶液を得た。
 孔あきシートに代えて、開孔率80%のアルミメッシュを使用した点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、図48、図49に示す実施形態1の形状の接着シートを得た。
 接着シート全体の直径は200mm、厚さは120.5μmであった。
 第2の層の直径は198mm、第2の層の厚さは0.5μmであった。
 接着シートの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは120μmであった。
(Example 2)
A first adhesive solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 9 was followed.
An adhesive sheet having the shape of Embodiment 1 shown in FIGS. 48 and 49 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that an aluminum mesh having an aperture ratio of 80% was used instead of the perforated sheet.
The entire adhesive sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 120.5 μm.
The diameter of the second layer was 198 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 0.5 μm.
The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet was 120 micrometers.
 (実施例3)
 表9の配合に従い第1接着剤溶液及び第2接着剤溶液を得た点、孔あきシートを平面視したときの貫通孔の形状が三角形である点、各貫通孔の面積が7.0mmである点、及び開口率が10%である点以外は、実施例1と同様の方法で、図48、図49に示す実施形態1の形状の接着シートを得た。
 接着シート全体の直径は200mm、厚さは100μmであった。
 第2の層の直径は197mm、第2の層の厚さは1μmであった。
 接着シートの中央部における第1接着剤層の厚さは99μmであった。
(Example 3)
The point which obtained the 1st adhesive solution and the 2nd adhesive solution according to the mixing | blending of Table 9, the shape of the through-hole when a perforated sheet is planarly viewed, and the area of each through-hole are 7.0 mm 2 The adhesive sheet having the shape of Embodiment 1 shown in FIGS. 48 and 49 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the opening ratio was 10%.
The entire adhesive sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.
The diameter of the second layer was 197 mm, and the thickness of the second layer was 1 μm.
The thickness of the 1st adhesive bond layer in the center part of the adhesive sheet was 99 micrometers.
 (比較例1)
 表9の配合に従った点以外は実施例1と同様の方法で、第1接着剤溶液を得た。
 第1接着剤溶液を、セパレータに塗布し、90℃で3分間乾燥させ、第1接着剤からなる単層の接着シートを得た。接着シートは円形であり、直径200mm、厚さ150μmであった。
(Comparative Example 1)
A first adhesive solution was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition according to Table 9 was followed.
The first adhesive solution was applied to the separator and dried at 90 ° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a single-layer adhesive sheet made of the first adhesive. The adhesive sheet was circular and had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 150 μm.
 [第1接着剤層の接着力の測定]
 接着シートの第1接着剤層(第1接着剤溶液の塗布層)のみからなる面を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き接着シートを得た。
 シリコンウェハ付き接着シートを20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表10に示す。
[Measurement of adhesive strength of first adhesive layer]
The surface consisting only of the first adhesive layer (the first adhesive solution coating layer) of the adhesive sheet was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to form silicon. An adhesive sheet with a wafer was obtained.
The adhesive sheet with a silicon wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. The results are shown in Table 10.
 [孔あきシート及びアルミメッシュ(多数の貫通孔を有する構造体)の接着力の測定]
 (実施例1、実施例3)
 実施例1、実施例3の孔あきシートを8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き孔あきシートを得た。
 シリコンウェハ付き孔あきシートを20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表10に示す。
 (実施例2)
 アルミメッシュを8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せてシリコンウェハ付きアルミメッシュを得た。得られたシリコンウェハ付きアルミメッシュを20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表10に示す。
[Measurement of adhesive strength of perforated sheet and aluminum mesh (structure with many through holes)]
(Example 1, Example 3)
The perforated sheets of Examples 1 and 3 were bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain a perforated sheet with a silicon wafer.
A perforated sheet with a silicon wafer was processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. . The results are shown in Table 10.
(Example 2)
The aluminum mesh was bonded to an 8-inch silicon wafer to obtain an aluminum mesh with a silicon wafer. The obtained aluminum mesh with a silicon wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation was performed at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp., Autograph AGS-H). went. The results are shown in Table 10.
 [第2の層の接着力の測定]
 接着シートから第2の層(孔あきシート又はアルミメッシュと、それらの貫通孔に充填された第1接着剤とからなる第2の層)を切り出し、切り出した第2の層を8インチシリコンウェハに貼り合せ、300℃で1.5時間の条件で窒素雰囲気中でイミド化させ、シリコンウェハ付き第2の層を得た。
 シリコンウェハ付き第2の層を20mm幅、100mm長さに加工し、引張試験機(島津製作所製、オートグラフAGS-H)を用い、温度23℃、300mm/分にて90°ピール評価を行った。結果を表10に示す。
[Measurement of adhesive strength of second layer]
A second layer (a second layer comprising a perforated sheet or an aluminum mesh and a first adhesive filled in the through holes) is cut out from the adhesive sheet, and the cut second layer is cut into an 8-inch silicon wafer. And imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours to obtain a second layer with a silicon wafer.
A second layer with a silicon wafer is processed to a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90 ° peel evaluation is performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 300 mm / min. It was. The results are shown in Table 10.
 <プロセス耐性評価>
 (実施例1~3)
 実施例1~3の接着シートの第1接着剤層及び第2の層が表出している面を台座(直径200mm、厚さ726μmのシリコンウエハ)に貼り付けた。貼り付けは、温度90℃、圧力0.1MPaのロールラミネートにより行った。その後、300℃で1.5時間、窒素雰囲気下でイミド化した。これにより、台座付き接着シートを得た。次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着シート上に配線を形成した。具体的には、上記実施形態にて説明した方法にて形成した。
 (比較例1)
 実施例1~3と同様の方法により台座付き接着シートを作成し、次に、セミアディティブ工法にて、接着シート上に配線を形成した。
 上記の配線形成の結果、接着シートが台座から剥離せず、且つ、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離しない場合を〇、接着シートが台座から剥離した場合、又は、接着シートから形成中の配線が剥離した場合を×として評価した。結果を表10に示す。
<Process resistance evaluation>
(Examples 1 to 3)
The surfaces on which the first adhesive layer and the second layer of the adhesive sheets of Examples 1 to 3 were exposed were attached to a pedestal (a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The pasting was performed by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C. and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereafter, imidization was performed at 300 ° C. for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet with a base was obtained. Next, wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it was formed by the method described in the above embodiment.
(Comparative Example 1)
An adhesive sheet with a pedestal was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3, and then wiring was formed on the adhesive sheet by a semi-additive method.
As a result of the above wiring formation, the adhesive sheet does not peel from the pedestal, and the wiring being formed from the adhesive sheet does not peel off. Was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 10.
 <剥離性評価>
 前記プロセス耐性評価と同様の方法により、台座付き接着シートを得た。
 トムソン刃を用いて、接着シート層の側面から内側向かって切り込みを入れた。切り込みは、第2の層に達するまで行った。切り込みの後、接着シートの中央部を、真空ピンセットで吸着させ、上側に引き上げた。接着シート又は接着シートの一部が台座から剥離した場合を、〇、剥離しなかった場合を×として評価した。結果を表10に示す。
<Peelability evaluation>
A base-attached adhesive sheet was obtained by the same method as in the process resistance evaluation.
Using a Thomson blade, a cut was made inward from the side surface of the adhesive sheet layer. The cut was made until the second layer was reached. After cutting, the center part of the adhesive sheet was adsorbed with vacuum tweezers and pulled up. The case where the adhesive sheet or a part of the adhesive sheet was peeled off from the pedestal was evaluated as ◯, and the case where it was not peeled off was evaluated as x. The results are shown in Table 10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 

Claims (5)

  1.  ワークが配線上に実装された構造を有する半導体装置の製造方法であって、
     第1接着剤層と前記第1接着剤層よりも台座に貼り付けた後の接着力が低い第2の層とを有する接着シートであって、少なくとも前記接着シートにおける周辺部が前記第1接着剤層により形成されている接着シートを準備する工程と、
     前記接着シートを台座に貼り合わせる工程と、
     前記台座に貼り合わせ後の前記接着シート上に、配線を形成する工程と、
     前記配線にワークを実装する工程と、
     前記実装の後、配線付きのワークを、前記台座から分離する工程と
    を含むことを特徴とする半導体装置の製造方法。
    A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a work is mounted on wiring,
    An adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force after being attached to a pedestal than the first adhesive layer, wherein at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is the first adhesive A step of preparing an adhesive sheet formed by the agent layer;
    Bonding the adhesive sheet to a pedestal;
    Forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the pedestal;
    Mounting a workpiece on the wiring;
    And a step of separating a work with wiring from the pedestal after the mounting.
  2.  前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されており、
     前記台座に貼り合わせる工程は、前記接着シートを、前記第2の層が表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の半導体装置の製造方法。
    The adhesive sheet is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer at the center part inside the peripheral part,
    2. The semiconductor according to claim 1, wherein the step of bonding to the pedestal is a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the pedestal with the surface on the side where the second layer is exposed as the bonding surface. Device manufacturing method.
  3.  前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第2の層により形成されていることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の半導体装置の製造方法。 2. The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive sheet is formed by the second layer at a central portion inside the peripheral portion.
  4.  前記接着シートは、前記周辺部よりも内側の中央部が、前記第1接着剤層と前記第2の層との積層により形成されており、
     前記台座に貼り合わせる工程は、前記接着シートを、前記第1接着剤層のみが表出している側の面を貼り合わせ面として台座に貼り合わせる工程であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の半導体装置の製造方法。
    The adhesive sheet is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer at the center part inside the peripheral part,
    The step of bonding to the pedestal is a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the pedestal with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer is exposed as the bonding surface. Semiconductor device manufacturing method.
  5.  請求項1~4のいずれか1に記載の半導体装置の製造方法に使用される接着シート。 An adhesive sheet used in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
PCT/JP2013/075171 2012-09-28 2013-09-18 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet WO2014050662A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012218415A JP2014072442A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2012-218407 2012-09-28
JP2012-218415 2012-09-28
JP2012218411A JP2014072441A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2012218402A JP2014072438A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2012-218402 2012-09-28
JP2012218407A JP2014072440A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2012-218411 2012-09-28
JP2012240294A JP2014090123A (en) 2012-10-31 2012-10-31 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and adhesive sheet
JP2012-240294 2012-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014050662A1 true WO2014050662A1 (en) 2014-04-03

Family

ID=50388067

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/075171 WO2014050662A1 (en) 2012-09-28 2013-09-18 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201417162A (en)
WO (1) WO2014050662A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017208453A (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing sealant, and laminate

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005236244A (en) * 2004-01-19 2005-09-02 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacturing method of circuit substrate
JP2007158150A (en) * 2005-12-07 2007-06-21 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Process for producing wiring board and process for producing electronic component mounting structure
JP2009032918A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Wiring substrate, manufacturing method thereof, electronic component device, and manufacturing method thereof
JP2011119501A (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-16 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Method of manufacturing multilayer substrate

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005236244A (en) * 2004-01-19 2005-09-02 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacturing method of circuit substrate
JP2007158150A (en) * 2005-12-07 2007-06-21 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Process for producing wiring board and process for producing electronic component mounting structure
JP2009032918A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Shinko Electric Ind Co Ltd Wiring substrate, manufacturing method thereof, electronic component device, and manufacturing method thereof
JP2011119501A (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-16 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Method of manufacturing multilayer substrate

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017208453A (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing sealant, and laminate
TWI734767B (en) * 2016-05-18 2021-08-01 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司 A sealing body manufacturing method, and a laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201417162A (en) 2014-05-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5804084B2 (en) Method for producing adhesive sheet having separated adhesive layer, method for producing wiring board using adhesive sheet, and method for producing semiconductor device
TW533754B (en) Semiconductor device and semiconductor module
JP3639088B2 (en) Semiconductor device and wiring tape
JP2015168261A (en) Metal substrate and method for manufacturing the same
JP7075893B2 (en) Manufacturing method of double-sided adhesive sheet and semiconductor device
US20140249269A1 (en) Thermally-detachable sheet
WO2014181659A1 (en) Transparent-circuit-board manufacturing method
JP2014072445A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2014072440A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
WO2014050662A1 (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet
JP2013153124A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2014090123A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and adhesive sheet
JP2010141126A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2014181658A1 (en) Transparent-circuit-board manufacturing method
JP2014072438A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2013153122A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2014088523A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2013058054A1 (en) Thermally-detachable sheet
JP2014072441A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2014070183A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2014072442A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2008153279A (en) Film for dicing and die bonding, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
WO2014050663A1 (en) Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device
JP2000212518A (en) Heat bonding sheet
JP2013100467A (en) Thermally-detachable sheet

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13842142

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13842142

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1